« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
and the truth will set you free
malduoni learns about some suspicious otherworldly visitors
Permalink Mark Unread

It's incredibly inconvenient timing for something weird to be happening. But, undeniably, something weird is happening. 

The first rumours to reach him through his spy network - well, in this case, the part of it consisting of his wife and daughter - are of generous purchases of spells and magic items in Absalom, by apparently different people, all of them unknown to the sellers. That by itself, he barely thinks about further, but he does note it, in the back of his mind, an always-running tally tracking the wider situation. 

A few other mentions in his spy-reports from Tian Xia, of people spending unusual quantities of gold.

Then the church of Abadar requests a very unusual commission through his agent in Absalom. A spell not even known to exist, but then again, the design for the crown of Osirion wasn't known to exist before Malduoni, in his persona as the reclusive Absalom wizard who specializes in magic items, made it for them.

They want a scroll of Interplanetary Teleport.

Malduoni doesn't ask why. He replies by letter that he'll see if it's possible. Which it is, for him and probably him alone. (Maybe Nefreti could do it, but there would be explosions along the way.) 

And he returns to pore over every single mention of anything odd in all of his reports for the last several months. 

It's not hard, now that he's being properly suspicious, to connect the dots between the various mysterious wealthy wizards. In Tian Xia, a suspicious number of them are in possession of the same set of rare magic items, growing over time. 

In Absalom, Zahra chases down a rumour from much earlier. Someone had been offering a bounty for a Plane Shift. They wanted a cleric who wouldn't ask any questions. Which wasn't even weird at all, in itself, but someone remembers that the cleric of Abadar who ended up taking the job left in a hurry afterward, abandoning the rest of his party to apologize for his absence. 

His daughter tracks down one of the other clerics who was interviewed for it, and finds out that the request was specifically for a Plane Shift to Nirvana, and that they weren't sure if it was for a round trip. Also that the wizard asking read clearly as Lawful Evil. 

Malduoni doesn't understand, yet. But it seems critically important. Worth taking time away from his preparations to investigate further. 

He Plane Shifts himself to Nirvana. He doesn't even know for sure that the mysteriously wealthy stranger, probably from another planet, intended to leave someone there. But it's a lead, and one that reveals less about himself than approaching the church of Abadar directly for more information. He doesn't know his way around Nirvana that well, but he asks the first local he finds who he should talk to, if he wants to locate a living person - possibly a living person who reads Evil - who was dropped off in Nirvana by a cleric several weeks ago. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nirvana, this rabbit informs him patiently, is a sanctuary and a place of healing and part of that is patient confidentiality.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is understandable and also very frustrating, and he doesn't even know enough about the situation to offer a compelling explanation of why it's important. 

He thanks the rabbit, courteously, and then casts Fly and takes off over Nirvana. It seems like he's going to be spending the next while aimlessly looking for anyone who stands out, reading thoughts and casting Detect Alignment a lot. Fortunately, Malduoni at this point has an utterly absurd number of spell slots, and he's prepared to keep doing this for the rest of the day if necessary. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nirvana is not finite. It does however have a specific area called the Isle of the Penitents that is for evildoers redeemed or otherwise smuggled in, and 'what direction is that' is a meaningful question, and eventually he can find it. It's still very big.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni tries asking some of the people he sees there about new arrivals, in case they're more willing to answer questions than the rabbit was. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are if anything even more guarded than the rabbit. Patient confidentiality is very important. Some of their thoughts are helpful, though. He has to be looking for Alloran. Alloran might consent to talk to him; they could ask Alloran and then pass on his location if he agrees.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni doesn't reveal that he's reading their thoughts. Rather than looking further afield for 'Alloran', though, he waits to see if they'll decide to ask him, and what the answer will be. It seems like a better start for that conversation to be consented to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Alloran turns out to be an entirely unfamiliar species of thing, with four legs and two arms and four eyes and a wickedly bladed tail, who trots up to him that afternoon. <Are you after the Yeerks?>

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni doesn't show his surprise at all. "I think you need to back up several steps. I know very little of what is happening, except that I suspect I am looking for strangers from another world who have suspicious quantities of money and may have somehow offended the church of Abadar. I would like to hear how you came to be here, if you are willing to share that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

< - sure. I am an Andalite. We are from another planet. - your Golarion orbits a star, and the other stars also have planets around them, and I am from one of those.> He is SO HOPEFUL that this person will not be ASMODEAN and therefore will be persuadable to stop the Yeerks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah." He seems unsurprised by this. "How did you travel here? Travel between planets around our star is feasible with magic, but the other stars are very far away, and yours must be especially far, I have never heard of Andalites." 

Permalink Mark Unread

<Andalites have starships that can route through other planes and cover great distances quickly. However, I did not come here under my own volition, I came here as a prisoner of a people called Yeerks. They are tiny oozes that can enter your head through the ear canal and command total control, from there, of the mind and body. They are trying to enslave many different worlds in order to win a war with my people.> Pause. <In their defense I think that some of them do not prefer to enslave the entire galaxy and have told themselves that once the war is won they can adopt different methods.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"And they are here to learn of our magic and recruit our wizards for said war, I imagine. How did they know to look for us, though? I do not think we have ever had contact with a species meeting that description."

Permalink Mark Unread

<They found you by accident, while doing experimental space exploration. They kidnapped and enslaved the crew of a ship in Taldor, learned how magic works, and then stole some wizards in Cheliax. At least one they sent back to their headquarters as a slave, to teach magic there and as proof of the concept. At least one they kept here, to use to recruit more of them. I don't know how many others they had at the time, let alone how many they have by now; they can breed quickly when advantageous, and the Yeerk who enslaved me was blocking my access to my senses somewhat routinely, in the last days of our acquaintance.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"How exactly did you end up here, from the starting point of being their prisoner - were you rescued?"

Permalink Mark Unread

<Not exactly. I have never known the Yeerk who enslaved me to be moved by any moral considerations whatsoever, but Sarenrae sent a vision to her captured priest about Nirvana and Visser Three - seemed to take it seriously, though it was unclear, and decided to release me in favor of taking the Chelish wizard. She was more cooperative, Chelish people seem to have an ideological conviction that enslaving people is a reasonable thing to do and objecting to slavery is not a reasonable thing to do, and - I have spent fifteen years trying to seize control of my tail and kill him. He arranged to send me here. I am confused about why he did that. The Nirvanan answer is of course that he too is just hurt and confused and doing his best in a hostile world but - he has had lots of people executed, he has had lots of people tortured, he has had lots of people enslaved, I am fairly sure that he intends to keep doing that - it makes sense that he took the wizard but it's confusing he didn't hand me over to someone else, or kill me, when he did.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is having some sort of emotion about the captured wizard being Chelish. He can't name what the emotion is. The rest of the description is mostly making him quietly angry. And kind of irritated, because this is a very inconvenient time to be uncovering someone else's serious problem. He has enough problems on his plate already. 

"Interesting. I am also confused, and I think that means I am missing some important consideration. It certainly seems - ill-advised, from a strategic perspective. Since the result is that now I have found you and am learning of this war." 

He takes a step back, looks Alloran in the eye. "I assume you are wondering, right now, if I can be convinced to aid your people in this war. Is that right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

<...the Nirvanan answer is that the whole war is a tragedy and the best thing would be to make everybody realize they're hurting people and stop. But - they are enslaving billions of people.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"And it is not a trivial action, to make people realize they are hurting others and should stop. I believe you, that this war is awful and that the Yeerks must be stopped. I - have resources I could call on, to try to stop this. I am confused, though, which means I am missing a great deal of the picture here. I want to help, but my first steps here will be to investigate the situation for myself. If there is anything more you can tell me of their planned operations in Golarion, that would be very helpful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

<I think it was their intent to recruit more people and then get to the Andalite home planet and use mind-control to force the Andalites to surrender. They were mining asteroids for precious metals that could be used for artifact-making and to make purchases on Golarion. They were trying to avoid the notice of the gods because they didn't want interference. The Chelish wizard was trying to convince them Asmodeus would help them.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni goes very still, his face unreadable. 

"Did Visser Three seem at all inclined to take up that offer?" he says, slowly, as though picking out each word. 

Permalink Mark Unread

<He does not say much to me of his intent. I do not think it was his first plan. Probably he would do it if he thought it was the best way to win the war. I do not think there's anything he wouldn't do if it were the best way to win the war.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see." Malduoni doesn't say, at least not out loud, that he sympathizes with that mindset. "Is he, in your experience, often rash or impulsive in his actions? I am trying to figure out if his decision to leave you here is characteristic of his strategic judgement, in general, or an exception." 

Permalink Mark Unread

<He is not usually impulsive. The conversation with the cleric of Sarenrae shook him but I do not know why. You would think that it would be bizarre to torture millions of people for many decades and then reconsider as soon as someone tells you that it's important to keep in mind how people ought to have the chance to heal. He was doing lots of things in secret with my senses blocked and I suspect they would make sense of it. Maybe Sarenrae demanded it but I don't know why she would do that instead of stopping him from sending slaves back to the big body of his army or doing something about Cheliax.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. It indicates something, Malduoni is thinking, there's information there, but he isn't sure what it means yet. 

"Cheliax upsets you?" he finds himself saying instead, his voice gentle. "You think someone should be doing something about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

<Obviously someone should be doing something about it! I don't know why any of your gods call themselves Good! What are they, napping? The Andalites will do something about it if you stop the Yeerks from enslaving the galaxy while we're busy!>

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni doesn't say anything for a moment. Some hard-to-interpret emotion flickers across his face. His eyes are haunted, distant, not really seeing Alloran at all. 

(His people his country and it's never stopped aching but sometimes, times like now, the pain of it is sharper, and he needs to lean into it for a moment, let himself feel the full horror of what he lost, of the price that millions of people paid for his mistakes, before he can move on to the inevitable work of doing something about it.)

"Cheliax is not the only evil in our world that needs to be fought," he says, quietly. "But - you are very right. And if we are able to help your people, I am sure Golarion would be eager to accept their help in turn, though of course I cannot speak for the Good gods." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tail-swish. <Thank you. Good luck. I hope you can stop them, I hope it's not too late.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope so too." Sigh. "And - I hope you do find healing here. I am sorry to hear what happened to you. How long were you a prisoner?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

<Fifteen point one Golarion years.>

Permalink Mark Unread

He bows his head. Says nothing for a moment. 

"I will try very hard to end this war," he says finally, and he looks Alloran in the eye for another long moment before turning away and Plane Shifting himself back to his hallway demiplane in Rahadoum. 

He walks out and Teleports to Absalom and three seconds later is knocking on the front door of his wife's beautiful house in Absalom. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She opens it a little while after that. "Oh no," she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

He steps through the door into his wife's arms, and here in this one place, he isn't Malduoni anymore, leader of a godless country. Here it's safe to be Aroden, the dead god who failed to save his people. 

He doesn't say anything for a long time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She lets him have his long time. Then - "what's happening?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know I went to Nirvana to follow up on whatever is happening with the suspicious wealthy strangers and the church of Abadar? I - found something worse than I could have imagined..." 

He explains, in short terse phrases. The two alien species from faraway worlds, the war, the slugs that mind-control people. Their recruiting on Golarion. Their leader's inexplicable decision to leave his slave in Nirvana.

He waits to see what she's going to say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - huh. So the wealthy strangers are...probably slug-controlled? Or at least slug-allied? And - you're going to decide you've got to personally fix this whole alien war, aren't you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What else am I supposed to do? It is an awful disaster and no one else is going to fix it!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I love you. I don't know how one fixes an entire alien war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The same way you fix anything. One step at a time. To start with, I am going to Tian Xia." He makes an apologetic face at her. "They seem to have moved their main operations there. Perhaps they feared they had attracted notice in Absalom." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Clever of them. Too bad you also have agents in Tian Xia."

Permalink Mark Unread

His lips twitch in a brief smile. "Too bad." He leans in, kisses her. "I am sorry to run away again. The world just keeps having problems in it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a good thing it's scheduled to be done with that soon so you can take a nice nap."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden shakes his head at her. "I love you. I need to go hand off some things in Rahadoum." 

He does that, burning another Teleport, and collects a few scrolls of it just in case. Once all of that is settled, and he's prepared a Sending to his contact in Tian Xia, he packs. It doesn't take him long. He keeps his magic items for going into dangerous situations very well organized; he was, after all, an odd sort of adventurer for decades. Much of it in Tian Xia, so he knows the place very well. 

By the end of that day he's halfway around the world, meeting with his main spy-contact in person to hear if there are any updates on the mysterious wealthy strangers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They commissioned a Tome of Understanding, the most expensive kind, provided the five required Wish-grade diamonds themselves, and haven't been seen since.

Permalink Mark Unread

Diamonds are probably easy to obtain for powerful aliens, Malduoni thinks. (Though he goes by a different name, here, several in fact.) 

He reaches out to multiple contacts, some of them people he hasn't spoken to in years. He doesn't explain everything but he can hint at the severity of the situation. He wants eyes in every city in Tian Xia, more than that, in every major magical establishment in said cities, and he wants to know immediately when the mysterious strangers collect their Tome of Understanding, and if anything else shows up that might be them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He gets notified when they show up to collect their Tome. He gets notified of a little bit of scattered activity on another coast under a different name. Scrolls of Modify Memory.

Permalink Mark Unread

Scrying for them afterward is hopeless, they always go in with other people's faces.

What do they want Modify Memory for. He runs through the possibilities in his head. Interrogating people who they don't want to keep captive afterward? But holding onto people is cheap for them, hells, it has the opposite of a cost, they can put a slug in the prisoner's head and have another pair of hands.

...Recruiting, maybe, if they want to filter for cooperative bodies for the Yeerks to wear?

He's very unsure and he keeps up the surveillance everywhere, but arranges to focus it a little more on the sorts of establishment where adventurers and mercenaries tend to hang around to learn about new bounties. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he hears about Quantium. It's a very normal listing. Good pay, highly confidential work, high-level wizards wanted.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni finds out where the interviews are happening. They're unsurprisingly taking all the sensible precautions against scrying, et cetera. 

He contacts a wizard he's worked with, in the past. Explains somewhat more than he has in general - that he suspects there are powerful nonhuman beings involved here, with capabilities Golarion knows nothing of, and he needs a person to find out for sure what's going on. He suspects they're modifying the memories of people who turn down the offer, and anyone who accepts the offer ends up kidnapped, but - he wants the wizard to go in, sit through the explanation, and if Malduoni's guess is right, trigger an Nondetectable magic item that will cause an alarm to reach Malduoni no matter how many spells are trying to block that. 

And he's going to skulk nearby, invisibly, very frustrated that he can't scry inside the room they've rented for this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The alarm is triggered about five minutes later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is unsurprised. He's very calm as he casts Fly for the ten seconds it takes him to zoom invisibly over to and inside the building, and then he's in front of the door, turning his permanent Detect Magic on it, what exact protections did they set up and what does he need to do to walk in anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are lots of precautions set up by a wizard who can't be half his level and he can take them all down with one Dispel Magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

He casts it and prepares a Mass Persistent Plane Shift and then shoves the door open and makes eye contact with whoever is with his wizard agent in there for about a quarter of a second before casting the spell to transport all of them to his personal demiplane. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa has absolutely no idea who this person is and was not expecting this at all and she has a Slaying hat-pin and Mhalir said he'd get her back but maybe that was a lie so she'd kill herself rather than talk and she'll go to Hell forever and she doesn't want to and what a terrible moment for that revelation. She stabs herself with the hat-pin rather than dwell on it further. 

It doesn't do anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's in a very nice tastefully decorated library, and an old man is looking down at her. He's holding himself very still, not tense but just - controlled, and his face is impassive. It's very slightly reminiscent of how Mhalir moves her body, when he's in control. 

He makes a faintly irritated sound, his piercing eyes fixed on her for a long moment, and then reaches down and yanks at her wig. 

(He can't Detect Thoughts her and none of her magic items should work, in here, which means it's not magic - lead helmets block Detect Thoughts, it's too conspicuous to wear out and about but aliens might have something better...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

It tugs away - she whimpers slightly in surprise - and then he can read her. 

That was fast. She was hoping it'd take him much longer. It's - still probably worth holding out, if she can, Mhalir will come for her. Maybe. Mhalir might come for her and the worlds where Mhalir comes for her are the only ones in which there is any hope left at all. Two and two is four. Four and four is eight. Eight and eight is sixteen. Sixteen and sixteen is thirty-two. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's quick, he thinks. Smart, even with none of her intelligence-boosting magic items working. 

He casts a truth spell. "I want you to tell me who you are working for and what you were doing recruiting in Tian Xia. If you do not tell me willingly I will geas you to do so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Proper geas takes ten minutes which would be valuable time she'd be buying them but she's a baby wizard and he can get her with the lesser one. Technically you can throw it off if you're competent enough. She braces herself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is thinking the same thing. He casts Lesser Geas, and commands her to answer his questions, obey his orders, and not resist his spells. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She curls up on the ground and covers her ears so she can't hear any orders, which is also not going to work for more than five seconds but she's slightly too panicked to even evaluate the question of whether the slight delays are worth aggravating the powerful wizard-kidnapper. Probably the answer is that it doesn't matter. That was a Plane Shift. Mhalir's not going to find her in time. He'll raise her, or he won't - diamonds are cheap for him, but so are wizards -

Permalink Mark Unread

He casts Hold Person, which stops her from moving but in her current position, and then he reaches in - with surprising gentleness - and removes her hands from her ears, placing them beside her. 

"Tell me who you are working for," he says, his voice level and patient.

(He's pretty sure he knows who she's working for, but he isn't about to bias his interrogation by telling her what he expects to hear.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mhalir," she says, and manages to stop talking after that. It's - so the thing about being Yeerked is that nothing you do can possibly matter, that it's over, you can't even really delay them in accessing whatever they wanted to know and it doesn't matter how you occupy your conscious thoughts, the only sense in which they need anything from you is that they'll have a pleasanter time if you stop yelling, and that's not a strategic consideration, not really -

- and this isn't that. Being difficult is buying time, not that she has a very clear picture of what Mhalir can even do with it but it's probably not nothing. It is buying time at the expense of making her kidnapper even angrier at her, and she's sure she'll pay for it, but - but she can trade future pain for the chance to be difficult right now, it's not literally impossible, and maybe it's kinder when it is and you can just give up entirely but she can't actually make herself do that, now, she hasn't been taking care of herself, she hasn't been reminding herself that everything that happens either doesn't matter or serves Asmodeus - she's not at all sure what serves Asmodeus here, but she'd maybe better figure it out, since she's going to die -

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of Malduoni's mind is very calm, with the crystal clarity that comes in an emergency, when he's driving ruthlessly toward a single goal. One small thread in the background is wishing he could bring Parmida here to give the poor child a hug. 

He can't at all blame her for being difficult. It's impressive, even. 

"What is Mhalir recruiting wizards for." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Their magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay he deserved that. 

"Where is Mhalir from." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't know what it's called." She would at this point in his place be tempted to light the prisoner on fire. Which would be fine. Good practice for Hell. (His homeworld, he'd said, when he mentioned it. Maybe Yeerks picked it up off the Andalites, who also seem to call their planet 'the homeworld'.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, at least he's confirmed from her thoughts that Mhalir is in fact a Yeerk, and that Andalites are involved, he's going to say that's enough effort toward not biasing this. 

"I know that," he says, still gently. "I found Alloran. In Nirvana. You are the Chelish wizard he kidnapped, yes?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Found Alloran - oh. Figures. Could've held onto him a couple more months and killed him with a soul bind, maybe. Mhalir will feel stupid. 

"He kidnapped several."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where are the others right now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't know." Back with the main body of the Yeerk force wherever it is but she has no idea whether that's a planet or a space fleet or something even more unimaginable. Mhalir is sociable with her but he doesn't tell her secrets for no reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

"How many other wizards does Mhalir have with him now, and what level." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nonononono "Probably three. Two with sixth circle, one with seventh."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What technological capabilities does his spaceship have." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't know it all. They have really good illusions and scrying. They mine asteroids for gold and spellsilver and other things - better than lead -" She glances despairingly over at her wig. "They're very fast. They can make diamonds. You should - you should leave them alone. They won't hurt Golarion." Probably. But - but she does think they probably won't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He ignores that. “What was Mhalir planning to do next once he had enough wizards.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"End the war."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Did he tell you anything more than that about his future plans.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Tell me what he told you about it.” His tone is still very patient. He doesn’t appear frustrated at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is really very weird that she is not on fire but some people aren't very demonstrative about being angry. What is the least useful or strategically relevant thing Mhalir said about his future plans. "He wants to invade Hell."

Permalink Mark Unread

“- What, really? Why?”

Permalink Mark Unread

Hah, distracted. "I don't know. He has some bizarre philosophy about enslaving people where he wasn't sorry but he also didn't approve of Hell at all." Probably she should expand on this as much as she can get away with. "You would expect that having less free will would be good for your moral development but Yeerks are kind of bizarrely loose about it at least if you're cooperating and so having one is weirdly not very conducive to being Asmodean. Also Mhalir thought that because his cause was righteous he should really try for the Good gods if he was going to ally with any of them, and I tried to explain that actually the Good gods will throw a fit about the slavery and prefer letting billions of people be destroyed forever to allying with someone who actually has goals and is willing to sacrifice things to achieve them. But I think he was still leaning that way. He has a cleric of Sarenrae prisoner, that's what prompted him to give up Alloran."

Permalink Mark Unread

It’s faintly amusing how she keeps thinking she has him distracted from the important part, but actually this is both fascinating and maybe critical to his confusion about Alloran. Also he wants even more to bring Parmida here so the poor thing can have a hug and a cup of tea, but he nudges that thought aside.

He can play along with appearing distracted and dubious. “Really. Did the cleric of Sarenrae make some different claims to him about the Good gods?”

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "I don't know what the usual Good pitch is. It was very 'hurting people is Evil! helping people is Good! it's not that hard!' except I know the percentage of people who make Good. It doesn't matter whether you can describe your philosophy in words three-year-olds recognize if only two percent of the population can do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles, slightly. It’s a sad smile. “That statistic is from Cheliax, yes? Have you ever wondered if other countries had different rates?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sure Lastwall is doing fine, what with the only taking Good immigrants and then making sure they mostly die young, heroically, in battle. You know that kidnapping people and ripping their hair off is Evil, right?" In hindsight maybe it is a bad idea to try to convince this person that actually if he has goals in the world then he's evil, in case that's the reason he's not lighting her on fire. On the other hand this is the kind of interaction where she clearly deserves to be on fire and maybe he'll feel better if he realizes he's allowed to do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

“Oh, I am sure this is hitting me a little for Good.” She’s so confused about everything, the poor child. And scared, but - trying, so hard. 

He likes her, he decides.

And he should focus. “Is your impression that Mhalir had Alloran brought to Nirvana instead of keeping or killing him because he was, hmm, confused by the Good gods’ claimed philosophy? What did he say to you about his reasons for doing this?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was hoping Alloran would be able to think once he wasn't a slave. Alloran was trying to - convert, to become Good, in case he could get the Good gods' attention and they'd save him, which won't work because they don't give a shit about people but I guess if you take the propaganda completely at face value you might think it'd work. And Mhalir thought that if Alloran actually became Good then he'd see that the Andalites shouldn't fight the Yeerks, and - I don't think he thought it was very likely to work. He was probably underestimating the risk of -" Hold Person has worn off. She gestures vaguely at the guy's dungeon which looks like it'd be incredibly annoying to scrub blood out of. Maybe it's all illusioned. "But I think he was hoping that he could, actually, go to the Good gods, and if Alloran converting worked and also made Alloran agree that the Yeerks were right then that'd be a good sign."

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni says nothing for a long time.

“How do you predict he will respond to your disappearance.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dunno. The plan was that I should kill myself and he'd try to raise me but I don't know if he'd really bother. Probably he would. Diamonds are really cheap for him. Presumably at some point he'll cut his losses and rejoin his fleet. He might pay a ransom, if you could get a good intermediary and promised to actually leave him alone after that." He almost certainly does not mean what will Mhalir do about Carissa in particular, actually, no one except Carissa has reason to find that question interesting. "I expect he'll be pretty nervous until he figures out who you are and why you did that. Maybe he'll go try to check on Alloran and figure out this was his fault. I'm not sure. It's probably not very safe to try to kidnap people out of Nirvana even if they belonged to you in the first place. I think he doesn't have enough wizards to end the war yet but maybe he could steal a bunch and run - we were trying to get them consenting, which takes longer -"

Permalink Mark Unread

“What motivated him to try to get them consenting.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Powerful wizards are really hard to hold as prisoners. The magic is ours, not theirs, and they can only use the bits of it that require using our voices and bodies. If a wizard can do a silent still spell their Yeerk can't stop them. If they are conjuration specialists who can teleport with a step their Yeerk can't stop them, and they could probably control whether the Yeerk comes along. And we're mostly talking about adventurers and adventurers are creative and risk-seeking. And it's easy for the Yeerks to pay them! Also I think Mhalir thinks he's in the right and that people should want to help him accordingly." Her opinion is that this is a stupid frame and probably any adventurers buy into it but mostly they'll be stupid ones. Mhalir of course knows this.  

Permalink Mark Unread

“I see.”

He spends a while longer asking her questions, mostly diving into specifics about the ship’s technology and the magic items she made or purchased. The whole time, he seems calm and unhurried and not angry at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, some people like to very calmly plan which cuts they'll make first as they slice you to pieces. She goes back to being as uncooperative as she can, once they're back on strategic topics. It does slow them down, but not very much; he just repeats his questions in more detail until the geas forces the answer he's looking for. 

 

"You could try out being a Yeerk, you know," she says at one point. "With Polymorph. I've always wanted to but I'm not actually a very good wizard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for the suggestion," he says dryly, and keeps going. 

Eventually he's covered all the relevant ground, and even her thoughts are mostly repeating things he already knows. He pauses for a while, looking at her with a thoroughly unreadable expression. 

"You do not want to go to Hell," he says, thoughtful. "Would you wish to get an Atonement, if this could be arranged?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You - don't have to kill me at all, really -" It's a very pathetic thing to say and she's very mad at herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

What an incredibly reasonable inference for her to make. "I am not intending to kill you now, there is no strategic reason to do so. It was a general question."

Sigh. "I think I am finished here. I will politely request that you avoid making a mess in my library." She doesn't have magic, which limits how much of a mess she can make - she can't reach any of his secure records or magic items at all, they're in cabinets locked with his spells - but she could still throw all his books off the shelves or something, if she felt like being difficult, and it would be mildly annoying to put everything back. "You are welcome to read the books that are not locked up." He doesn't offer her one of his spare headbands that work here. It doesn't seem like she needs any more cleverness to plot with right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing about this situation makes any sense. She wants Mhalir back, she wants to relax into the back of her head and have no control over everything but in a way where someone actively prefers that she remain alive and is thinking about how to make it happen. She wants to curl up on the ground and cry. She wants him to light her on fire just a bit and then say 'behave yourself' again but then she could actually believe him. She wishes she had hair, even though probably for most purposes being an ugly prisoner is better.

 

Does she want an Atonement - she thinks that you have to actually think that Asmodeanism is wrong to get an Atonement, not just that it is right but it would be nice if randomly you also didn't have to go to Hell. "I don't want to go to Hell" isn't really a heretical opinion; the heretical opinion would be that it matters that she thinks that. Which means getting an Atonement would in fact be heretical, which ...would mean that it'd work? She's so tired. 

She's scared for Mhalir. Hopefully he can take care of himself and doesn't enjoy some other wizard's head more than hers.

No one likes cowering prisoners on their floor - some people do, actually, but most don't - and probably someone who has been inexplicably resisting the urge to light her on fire for the last hour is someone who likes it unusually little. She stands up. "Thank you," she says, as blandly as she can to someone who doesn't at this exact moment have a strategic reason to kill her. "Is there a restroom."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." He points her to it, and to where she can find some water and nonperishable snacks, and then he Plane Shifts out. 

- and lands in his hallway demiplane, and walks out to his office in Rahadoum, and Teleports to his front doorstep in Absalom and knocks on the door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida comes to the door after a minute. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni steps through the door and closes it behind him and lets the calm controlled state slip away, just for a moment, like setting down some heavy burden and shedding off his coat. "I do not have a lot of time," he tells her. "I found - in Quantium - can you just Detect Thoughts...?" He's not sure he can explain the whole thing and also hug her and be upset at the same time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She hugs him and reads his mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries to think about it in some semblance of order: the recruiting, his wizard agent going in and calling the alarm that he was right, kidnapping the Chelish wizard to his demiplane. The interrogation, this time strongly coloured by all the emotions he didn't give himself space to feel, fully, at the time. The pointless awful wasteful tragedy of someone like her growing up an Asmodean. The confusion, both greater and lesser than before after her explanation of Mhalir's response to the cleric of Sarenrae.

Carissa believing that only two percent of people everywhere weren't Evil when they died.

Carissa's valiant, impressive attempts to delay and be difficult, even when fully expecting she would be tortured for it eventually once he lost his patience. 

He feels exhausted. And scared. Fear isn't an emotion he feels often, anymore, but - this isn't something he can handle alone. Not even just a tradeoff between this or Cheliax. He just doesn't have the resources, period. And it's too important to ignore. 

Mhalir, who apparently believes he's in the right. Enough to leave Alloran in Nirvana with the hopes that his enemy and slave would eventually conclude the same. Enough to prefer asking the Good gods for help over Asmodeus. 

Five billion people's freedom at stake. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it a good idea to contact this Mhalir and ask him not to do anything rash and say that you aren't either?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Possibly. There - is not much I can say that he would actually find reassuring, I think. He is not a trusting person. I cannot reveal who I am, and honestly, even if I did I doubt it would mean much to him, given that he is an outsider. But I can at least say that, for all the good it will do." Shrug. "I think I can prepare a Sending to one of his wizards, I have not met them but the Chelish young woman had detailed memories of them." He shakes his head. "Poor child." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Was she working for them willingly?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"By some definition, I suppose so? It seems this Mhalir kidnapped her and gave her a choice between being an unwilling slave or choosing to work for them willingly. They negotiated for her not to have a Yeerk in her head at all, at first, in exchange for her cooperation. And bribing her copiously with spellsilver and gold. Eventually she did have Mhalir in her head. He asked her permission but I do not imagine she felt she had much choice. Certainly she believed she was - choosing to help monstrous people in order to be treated nicely. Though her conception of Evil is very confused, given - Cheliax." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Patpatpat. She knows how he feels about the way Cheliax is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He rests his head on her shoulder. Gives himself exactly two minutes to just be with his wife, who loves him, who understands what he's feeling right now. 

Then he pulls away. "I need to prepare a Sending and then - ask someone for help." Sigh. "Praying to Iomedae is - probably my best first option. My other idea would be going to Nefreti." His feelings are scaredscaredscared but also determination. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Both of those seem reasonable." She has been in favor of going to Iomedae for years.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Would you be willing to sit with the Chelish girl in my demiplane, in the meantime? I do not want to bring her anywhere she has magic, but I am also uneasy about leaving her there alone and unsupervised. She might figure out a way to kill herself with my books or something." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yes, but also she might figure out a way to kill me with your books or something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Bring those bracers of Mage Armour that I made, they will work in the demiplane. And I have her geased, I can drop you off there and order her not to harm you and to obey you too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." Squeeze. "Try not to run into too many more worlds that need saving while you're out there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not think it is under my control whether I do, they just show up!" 

He finds the bracers for her and tenderly puts them onto her wrists. In the process he looks down at his hand and notices the wig he's been absently holding onto. "Oh, this is hers, I think it is a technological way to block Detect Thoughts, but you cannot read her there anyway."

He hands it to Parmida and then Plane Shifts both of them back. He's burning so many Plane Shift slots today but he has an absurd number of Pearls of Power in his Bag of Holding, his day will have to get significantly more absurd than this before it's a problem.

"This is my wife Parmida," he says to Carissa. "I order you not to harm her, and to obey her as you would me."

He unlocks the tea cabinet so Parmida can make tea, and kisses her forehead, and then Plane Shifts out again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What? Is he - evaluating her for something - 

- probably she should lean into it and figure out what these people want from their slaves but she's very very tired. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice to meet you," she says, and dips her head slightly because she doesn't know what the combination of 'introduced with a first name' and 'magically compelled obedience' is supposed to point at, in terms of how much latitude she has here.

Permalink Mark Unread

She offers the wig. "Would you like this back?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes she would but also she would like to know what to read into that. 

She takes it back and puts it on. "Your husband - he didn't introduce himself -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know what he would have introduced himself as. When I met him he was going by Alexeis." The most common Chelish name and totally uninformative.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is informative in that he's Chelish. She tries to reevaluate everything in light of that and ends up more confused. And the woman isn't Chelish.

Her general impression of Chelish men who take Qadiran wives is not high. But maybe he was exiled. He's very old.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tea?

Permalink Mark Unread

- it's not as if it'd be otherwise hard to poison her if they wanted to. "Sure." 

 


And after a couple of minutes, "Is there something I should be - doing? I don't know what you're assessing me for -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think my husband just did not want to leave you alone in case you decided to kill yourself so your Yeerk could rescue you, or something."

Permalink Mark Unread

She'd thought about it but what if Mhalir doesn't raise her. Or is captured by the mysterious wizard. 

 

Who takes prisoners and when done with them hands them over to his elderly wife instead of his guards. Or instead of just ordering her to kneel on the floor until she dies of dehydration. Well, he did sort of imply he was going for Good. - maybe that's the thing they want, here, to redeem her for some Good points. "I thought about it but he mentioned maybe I could get an Atonement," she says, looking down and looking very innocent and confused. "I was very argumentative about it at the time but I've thought about it more and maybe he's right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He usually is," says Parmida dryly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elsewhere, in his magically protected office in Rahadoum, Malduoni isn't thinking at all about how he's usually right. He's thinking that he feels stupid and he isn't even sure in which direction. It just feels like either it's a terrible mistake to get Iomedae's attention now, or it was a mistake not to ask her for help a century ago. 

Damn it but he misses her. He's trying not to put too much weight on that aspect but it's there. 

Malduoni does not, as a general rule, ever pray. There's a reason Rahadoum is the country that bans all gods. But maybe that will make a loud, urgent prayer from a ninth circle wizard even more notable. She has no reason to pay attention to his mind in particular, except for that - and for the other part - 

Being terrified isn't going to help, so he does his best to let that exist in the background, and float above it. 

Iomedae. This is Aroden. I need your help. Please. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes almost a full minute, and then there's the dizzying falling-into something powerful and incomprehensible and much larger than him -

- and then it stabilizes into a featureless room, with a woman sitting there across from him - maybe it's just because he's spent the last hour staring at Carissa but they don't look entirely unalike -

 

 

She is entirely still for a moment. Then - "I don't see the ship. I can ask Sarenrae what the planes She thinks She's doing and get Her to show me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - would appreciate that." He can't stop looking at her face, her sharp eyes. He's kind of shaking. "I - can you tell me if it is safe to go to Nefreti Clepati - was Nethys involved in my death..." And he trails off, looks away. "I am sorry that I was too much of a coward to come to you any sooner." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not surrendering my chance to yell at you about that but I am going to save it for later. Nethys had nothing to do with it. It - it would break Foresight, if you died, once everyone had poured so much into splitting all the paths into the Age of Glory, and at the last minute it became derivable that it would do that and then some of the chaotic good gods defected. Milani did. Nethys has a workaround for Foresight, if you can get His help. ...Sarenrae says that -" handwave - "Mhalir is making lots of progress at understanding Good and She doesn't think it'll be particularly conducive to his personal growth to push him faster than this, which I don't particularly care about but I guess I can't claim to be surprised She does. She does think She nudged it enough to work out correctly absent other intervention but - at this point we've got some other intervention."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Milani." He stares into the distance for a moment, then shakes his head and sets that aside. "What does Sarenrae think it working out correctly would look like? I think - events are already somewhat out of even Mhalir's control. He sent a captive wizard back to his own people. And presumably directions to Golarion, though the Chelish wizard he took did not know any more details." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She wants Mhalir to realize that it is hard but not impossible to at this point deescalate and that his enemies do not all implacably hate his entire species and it's possible to negotiate with them. She thinks if he realizes this he will have the resources to accomplish it. Probably you'll be better at it, though, and doing it sooner is very important. I do think you'll want to try to talk him around, Sarenrae does have a good eye for when people are tractable to talk around."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "And it matches the impression I was forming on my own. He sounds like a person who has had very little chance to operate in cooperative rather than adversarial contexts. And - his information state was biased, I think, in a way he did not have the skill to fully account for. Spending over a decade wearing the body of a person who does implacably hate his entire species - even if only as the result of being tortured by a Yeerk for that entire time - cannot have been good for his ability to form true beliefs about - whether negotiation is possible." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't see him," she says frustratedly. "Neutral Evil, I barely even get a shadow off that. I hope you're right. 

 

 

- I'm so glad you're alive."

Permalink Mark Unread

He starts to ask if she can see Alloran, that seems maybe informative, but - no, it can wait, and probably she'd have said something. 

"I missed you. I–" and his throat is tight, even though this entire place is a sensory illusion it still feels real, maybe his real body back in his office is also threatening to cry. "I - should go to Nefreti, but - it feels so hard." 

Shuddering breath. "I think maybe my fear is - not entirely rational, when it comes to gods. Dying was. Very very bad. It hurt and it went on for such a long time and I was so confused and scared..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could make you my paladin," she says thoughtfully. It is a joke. Without particularly having crossed the intervening space she is there, hugging him.

Permalink Mark Unread

For a while he doesn't say anything else. It feels very good, to rest in the arms of a friend, however briefly. 

"I was thinking," he says eventually, "about doing a Sending, to reach one of Mhalir's wizards. I think I could. I do not know what to say and I decided to wait and ask you if you think it is even a good idea." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm. We don't want him to jump back to join the other Yeerks, we don't want him to escalate by trying to kidnap a lot of people - though mostly because I think at some point if he tries that he'll make a mistake and get killed  - I don't know what could be said to him that would prevent him doing those things. Maybe Carissa would know." She frowns, looking through his Carissa memories. " - maybe if you did open negotiations to ransom her but that'd be such a way to start out. You could offer to exchange prisoners, that's - a bit less of one -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...That does seem like - not the worst strategy. It would give him an incentive to stay here rather than jumping back, at least. I think she matters to him." He winces. "More than she realizes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe have her do the Sending, as proof she is fine. And get her that Atonement." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Can you see her? It was unclear to me whether she - wanted an Atonement, or would qualify as one, she seemed reluctant and - unsure if she still believed the Asmodean philosophy..." He shudders, burrowing his face into Iomedae's embrace, he hates what's happened in Cheliax so much. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can see her. I think the Atonement will go through."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I think it is worth trying. I will do that, and try to open communications with Mhalir, and talk to Nefreti - actually, do you have a cleric to recommend for the Atonement, I do not exactly have any contacts for that. If not I might take Carissa to Nefreti as well, on the off chance that the whim to help us strikes her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure she is the right person to help Carissa realize that actually she doesn't really want other people to go to Hell either," she says amusedly. "I will knock someone off course while they are Plane Shifting, it will go fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I suppose I will have to take your word for that. Thank you." He looks amused. "Where should I bring Carissa, then? They will not be able to cast in my demiplane." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And she won't be able to Sending Mhalir. I don't actually know anything you don't about your setup in Rahadoum, it is very effective at making sure I can barely see anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

His smile broadens a little. "Ah. I was not sure. Can you do it to my office there? It will be convenient for a Plane Shift, I have a demiplane linked to the office exactly for that purpose." He holds up the office in his head, in case that helps. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." She squeezes him one last time, steps back. "Good luck."

Permalink Mark Unread

And he's back in his office in Rahadoum, feeling drained but more emotionally than physically. He doesn't have a godheadache at ALL. 

Malduoni puts his head down in his hands for exactly thirty seconds, and then takes a deep breath and stands up and casts Plane Shift to return to his magic-free demiplane library. He looks around for Parmida and Carissa. "We need to go now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are still having tea. Parmida is asking about Carissa's magic item enchanting which is a reasonable thing to want to know about if you are trying to decide whether to keep someone alive or not. Carissa is trying to sound very capable and very unambitious at the same time; it's a hard tightrope to walk. She would like nothing more than to be redeemed and then live in a cage somewhere making high-level magic items every day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida walks over to Aroden immediately. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She does that too.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes Parmida's hand, squeezing it for a second, and waits for her to take Carissa's hand. "I order you not to cast any spells or run away," he says to Carissa, gently, before using a Pearl of Power for his Plane Shift back to the hallway. He walks them over to the waiting area next to his office. It's more comfortable in terms of seating. 

"Iomedae is going to send a cleric to cast Atonement for you," he says to Carissa, and for Parmida's benefit as well. "Before I go, are you willing to do a Sending to one of Mhalir's wizards? I wish to say that you are safe and I intend you no harm, and that I would consider arranging a prisoner exchange, with one of the unwilling hosts, perhaps the cleric. - I am assuming here that you still wish to go back to him, if you are offered the option?"  

Permalink Mark Unread

What. 


Presumably he means that he hired a cleric of Iomedae and just chose the baffling phrasing that Iomedae is personally sending someone.

 

They're going to kill her if the Atonement doesn't work so she had better figure out how to get it to work. She - wishes it wasn't the case that humans are inherently useless to Asmodeus? It would be neat if he could use - the thing that Carissa is now. Like Mhalir can. She wishes that the Good gods worked the way Alloran thinks they do, where they will prevent a war because wars are bad, instead of the way they actually work. Probably Iomedae will be unimpressed by this opinion. She wants Lawful Neutral, not Lawful Good, and she's not sure if that's allowed. 

What does 'are you willing' even mean directed at someone magically bound to obey you. "I don't know Sending but I can do it from a scroll."

Permalink Mark Unread

(Mostly it means he's being polite and also kind of absentminded. Also there are various clever ways she could use this opportunity for sabotage, and he can't currently read her thoughts and thinks it would be unnecessary and rude to yank her hair off again.) 

"All right. Then you can tell him I wish to open communications and negotiate some agreement, here, details to be decided. I and various others are displeased about kidnapping wizards to be slaves and will not let this stand, but it is not too late for him to de-escalate the situation with us, and come to a more cooperative solution. I will get you a scroll." He goes into his office to do that, comes back thirty seconds later with one. "You may cast this one spell from the scroll," he adds, remembering that he ordered her not to cast anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Her headband is working again so it's not hard to compose in her head on the fly. "My kidnapper wants to open communications and negotiate an agreement. Objects to you kidnapping and enslaving wizards," only he is allowed to do that, "suggests you de-escalate and find cooperative solution."

Permalink Mark Unread

The reply comes shortly. "Received. Interested in talks. Will direct further replies to Carissa." 

Permalink Mark Unread

This does a little bit to calm all the panicked buzzing in her head. 

 

Then there's a pop and a woman twice her age in plate armor, carrying a very magic sword, appears in the office.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Welcome!" Malduoni smiles brightly at her. "I am so glad to see you! This young lady would like an Atonement. I can provide the material requirement for it - just a moment, please..." He ducks over to one side of the office, where he unlocks a cabinet and hunts around in it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - uh," she says, confused, "I - you were expecting someone?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is somewhat complicated. You are a cleric of Iomedae, yes?" He finds a wooden box at the back of the cabinet, and sets it down on his desk. "Oh, good, I knew I had the things for this somewhere." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." She turns around to look at Carissa, reaches out and takes the box. "I'd like everybody else to leave the room, please.  You should get anything you might need - the spell can take several hours."

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni doesn't need anything from his office right now, having just gotten here and not taken anything out of his Bag of Holding. He nods to Carissa, with a hint of a reassuring smile, and then takes Parmida's hand and slips out. 

"Would you like a Teleport home, dear, or would you prefer to wait for her to be done?" He wants someone to wait for her either way but he can Sending one of his wizards about it and have them Teleport here if Parmida would rather not be responsible for that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can stay here. How was Iomedae?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Helpful. Frustrated with Sarenrae. Glad to see me. She politely held off on shouting at me for not talking to her but I am sure it is coming, when the timing is better for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did she know who -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," he says, tersely. "Can tell you later. Not relevant now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Squeeze. "Good luck."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I will need it." 

And he takes a few deep breaths, and then steps away and Teleports to Sothis. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's your name," the woman in the armor says. 

        "Carissa Sevar." She doesn't apparently have a truth spell up but it's probably a bad idea to lie to someone who is about to do a ritual that requires your sincere participation. 

"Are you here of your own free will?"

        " - that's very complicated."

"I thought it might be. If you take my hand I can Word of Recall you to Vigil. You would be safe there. You do not have to be Good to be safe there, and you could leave if you wished."

         That's bullshit. Also if she says that she is geased not to run away the woman might take that as impetus to do it without permission. "I don't prefer to leave."

"Okay. I can't do an Atonement for someone who doesn't want one. Are you worried they'll be upset if I tell them something went wrong?"

         " - probably. I told them I wanted it. And that's the only thing that can go wrong."

"No, it's not. I can get called away on urgent business before I finish, and promise to come back in a week or two."

           Carissa looks kind of startled at her. "I would appreciate that. It - doesn't seem very lawful?"

"Different churches have different concepts of Law. Well, I would come back in a week or two. And I do have urgent business elsewhere."

           "You can go to your urgent business."

"It is not that urgent. The Church of Iomedae holds that part of our Law is that people are safe, with us. And keeping people safe requires flexibility. The flexibility does not undermine the Law; the Law is about the result, not the methods."

           " - my understanding is that Good is very - you can't torture people even if it's useful."

"It would be pretty hard to torture people in a way that produced the result that people who are in our power are consistently safe."

 

 

            "You can only have one thing. If you're going to be like that. You can say 'we do whatever produces people in our power being consistently safe', but if you've got other things and you can't let them trade off then you can't do anything that isn't dumb and - constricted -"

"Yes. If you were trying to kill me then you wouldn't be safe. If you were trying to kill someone else then you wouldn't be safe. If today were a day when I had even more urgent business then you'd have to make a decision very quickly because I couldn't stay to talk."

            

            "I don't want to go to Hell so he thought I should get an Atonement and I thought he was going to kill me so I told his wife that I wanted to atone but I don't actually think not wanting to go to Hell is wanting to atone I think it's just a normal way to feel about Hell."

" - probably. I am not sure how Asmodean people usually feel about Hell because it's not usually safe for them to talk to us about it."

            "Or vice versa, right, don't you get hit for Good if you hang around Evil people?"

"No. We get hit for Good if we do Evil things and some peoples' motivation to do things has a lot to do with the values of the people around them but also often the best ways to reduce Evil involve being around or even working with Evil people."

            "You've got very smooth answers."

"Lawful Good is a challenging alignment and requires spending a lot of time thinking about what Law is and what Good is. I know people who have abandoned it for that reason."

            "No kidding."

"They usually end up neutral good and it is not a failing. It is a decision that the things they care about are easier to achieve if they trust themselves more and the systems around them less. This is often a correct judgement so everyone should be prepared to make it if they need to."

           Carissa doesn't say anything. Everything about that seems wrong but she's not sure where to start with it. "I don't want to be Lawful Good," she says. "If you could do Lawful Neutral I could maybe want that though there's still the problem where - I don't think I am actually very atoned and I want to go back to Mhalir, who is Evil, and that'll just sink me again."

"Why's he evil?"

            "Uh, enslaving people. But he's trying to stop. And the guy who kidnapped me plans to make him stop. He did it because he was scared that this other, uh, tribe of people was going to slaughter his, so he needed more power to stop them. I think this is very reasonable but I think the Good thing to do is probably to lie down and die."

"The Good thing to do is rarely to lie down and die because then you cannot improve the world at all. It is admittedly also not to enslave people. Why do you want to help him?"

            "He's very rich and pays me well and it's obvious what he gets out of having me alive and I think I'm too disloyal to go back to Cheliax and also they think I deserted."

"Did you?"

             "No! I was kidnapped. But now I can't go back."

"If there were someone else who was neutral and paid very well and - also got the same things out of having you alive - would that solve this problem?"

            "Hypothetically, sure, but I think there is actually no one else who can pay as well." Maybe the mysterious ninth circle wizard who just kidnapped her but he plainly does not get nearly as much out of having her be alive. Also she'd be upset to abandon Mhalir but she acknowledges this is stupid and wouldn't be decision-relevant. 

"That does sound like a very Lawful Neutral worldview though I don't know if it's sufficient for atonement. Probably you would need to regret - helping someone enslave people?"

             "I mostly haven't. We were doing voluntary recruitment. All the enslaving people was before I joined."

"What changed?"

            "I think the guy I work for had a change of heart? He might actually want an Atonement, maybe."

"Well, we would be happy to help."

            "You get Good points from it?"

"- that is not actually how Good works."

            "Sorry, sorry, helping people atone is a metaphysically Good act, right?"

" - helping people atone seems pretty likely to make the world a better place. Doing things because you correctly think they're pretty likely to make the world a better place is usually a metaphysically Good act. I think the distinction is important. Not helping people in order to be Good, helping people because you want things that are achieved by helping people, which is a Good set of goals and priorities to have."

             "Can we stop talking about Good, I am trying to think whether I can come up with the right thoughts to atone but I don't think I will get all the way to Good and it's distracting trying to figure out what's confusing there."

"Of course. What thoughts do you imagine would be the right thoughts to atone."

             "I regret serving Asmodeus. I actually want Asmodeus and his servants to be destroyed. I regret not pushing harder for Mhalir to stop enslaving people. I regret not asking him why he didn't offer any of the other prisoners the freedom he offered me. I regret reporting people to the Chelish secret police for disloyalty. I regret ...not spending Mhalir's money on orphanages and cripples?"

"Do you actually believe those things?"

             "I don't think so but usually I can believe things if I need to."

"Do some of them feel more believable than others?"

            "I guess so. I don't want Asmodeus and his servants to be destroyed. I'd be really upset about it. I - kind of do wish I'd asked Mhalir why he wasn't treating the others better. He wouldn't've been offended and - and I could easily have been in the batch he found less interesting, if he'd come here a couple years ago or something. I do kind of feel that spending all the money on expensive magic items reflects...some trait that I would not really admire another person for. But I also don't want to spend it on orphanages and cripples, I know it's a Good thing to do but I don't really get what it would feel like to be motivated to do it other than for Good points."

"I think the feeling is - that someone is hungry, and you could change that, and it's better when people aren't hungry."

             "Yeah, that thing is the thing I don't really have, I don't think I directly have goals that are about how many people are hungry."

"What sorts of things do you have goals about."

             "I want to stop being kidnapped and forced magically or otherwise to make myself satisfactory to random powerful strangers."

"That is a very reasonable goal and also it is not surprising that if that is your top goal you would not have a lot of room for goals about how many people are hungry."

             "I don't know what you mean by that."

"Well, usually our goals are a product of our experiences. If you grew up hungry, or a friend grew up hungry, or you watched a starving child die, you might care about people not being hungry. If mostly you get kidnapped and forced to comply with random powerful strangers then probably even your goals that are not about your immediate circumstances will be about - what things make life tolerable under that set of circumstances."

            "I don't think that really happens to other people more than once, I think it's mostly just me."

"Slaves that are sold repeatedly often have similar experiences, I think."

             "Sure. Do you want me to - regret slavery - I don't think I even have very much to do with slavery -"

"I am trying not to have goals for this conversation aside from providing you with context for the things you're talking about which your background might have not provided."

           "I am not clear on why you're doing even that, really?"

"One of the goals that I have is that people know what Good is so they can decide whether to choose it. If I only tried to explain what Good was in the context of getting them to choose I think my explanations of it would be worse. Shopkeepers trying to sell things are worse at explaining them than - craftsmen, say. I want to be a craftsman of Good not a shopkeeper of it."

          "But presumably if you could - magically make me be good, if Atonement changed how you think and not just how Pharasma assesses you - you'd want to do that, right -"

"The forces of Good disagree on under what circumstances this is an acceptable or desirable thing to do. My personal thinking is that it is a great wrong to you but justified under the same circumstances as, say, the circumstances that'd justify murdering you. Certainly it seems much worse than you deciding to do good things for your own reasons that are part of who you are."

          "- worse in what way?"

"Well, do you want it?"

          "I am not sure. Maybe it would stop all of the changing the shape of person I am because I'd be stuck with a single shape of person and have to work with it."

"So normally I would say that the ways it is worse is that there is lost information, because the things that you non-magically care about are part of what Good is and if we move you towards a more central kind of what Good is we lose the things specific to you, and that it is a violation of something you want, and in general it is desirable that people get things they want, and that it is a strategy that works just as well when you're making a big mistake and it's a good idea to employ strategies that work better when you're not making a big mistake, as a hedge against big mistakes. If you want it that changes all three of those, in complicated ways."

          "I kind of feel like you should talk to Mhalir. I think you two would have interesting conversations."

"You can tell him where to find me."           

          "Well, I can't actually talk to him right -" She realizes that maybe her microphone and tracking device will work as soon as she's out of this shielded room. "-now. I think that was all of my questions for you. Thank you."

"Of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sothis is much bigger and much louder and more crowded than the last time Aroden saw it. It is just as hot and dusty.

Permalink Mark Unread

He lands two blocks from the temple to Nethys. He could have arrived in front of the doors, of course, but he needs the walk there to clear his head and brace himself for this.

- on reflection, being kind of traumatized about the concept of interacting with gods is inconvenient and maybe he should have dealt with it decades ago. Oh well. It’s not like the undercurrent of scaredscaredscared is doing anything to change his actions, right now, it’s just there being kind of irritating.

He reaches the temple. It’s very big, and beautiful. Impressive. He’s never seen it before. He looks around for someone to talk to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone at the front door starts towards him -

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there's a pop and she's there. 

 

The person at the front door looks startled and backs away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks her in the eye. "I - am sorry, about everything, but if you could bear with me and save the shouting and watching me grovel until later, I would appreciate it very much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I actually think we should go kidnap a bunch of Andalites right now and am willing to delay interpersonal conversation until we're done with that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni spends about a second wondering how far he's willing to trust her, and how paranoid he wants to play it here, and then decides that whatever his uncertainties with Nethys still are, they're far smaller than the stakes of this situation. Which Sarenrae thinks is still possible to de-escalate but there's no guarantee of how long that will remain true.

"Of course," he says, levelly. "I am curious to hear your reasoning there but I can ask questions later, or while we work. What do you need from me right now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes his arm and hops them along to her office. "I am going to try to explain, but you will be frustrated, because I am seeing different things than you are seeing, and you will think, Nefreti, explain in terms of what I see! But if I could see enough to infer what you see I couldn't see the things that I see! There is a story, and it is a very tragic story, and most of the pieces of it can be retrieved even late into the tragic story but there is a piece that can only be retrieved very early and I can't see quite when so now is the best time. Kidnapping Andalites will retrieve the piece but I don't know if they are the piece or if they would otherwise destroy the piece. When I meet them I might know that. All the other pieces have more string to play out. I can Gate us there, but I don't know where there is. The piece could be destroyed in the fighting, that's not the kind of thing that can't happen."

Permalink Mark Unread

He is, in fact, very confused! He nods, though, and tries to be patient. He was a god, once; he knows what it's like, to see things from another angle that can't be explained in human language. Sometimes he's tried to cram those thoughts back into his poor human head and it's left him debilitated for days. 

"I think I am confused whether you can Gate us 'there' right now despite not knowing where you are Gating to, or whether you are asking my help to - do some detective work, or something, to figure that out?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can take us there right now but I don't know what we'll be doing when we get there and the Gate will be visible. So it would be good to know where there is and what we will be doing there once we arrive there, if you can figure that out, so there is less that we have to improvise. Or if you know how to do a silent invisible Gate that would also be a solution."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I cannot think how I could begin finding out where this will take place and what needs to happen with that little to go on, from the angle that I see things. I - cannot currently cast a silent invisible Gate but - perhaps I could figure it out. It would take me some research time, and then I would need to prepare the spell."

His lips move into a faint smile. "Would you like to come with me and help with spell research? I have a Rod of Security, I can pause time for us while we do that, and your help would make it go faster. I have missed studying magic with you for the last ninety years." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I would like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

The Rod of Security is in his Bag of Holding, because just about everything he might possibly need in an emergency that wasn't specified to him in advance is in there. Malduoni asks Nefreti if she needs to pack anything, waits for a response and for packing if packing is needful, and then takes out the Rod. 

About a minute later they're in a demiplane outside the normal flow of time. There's a pretty meadow, and a stream, and fruit growing.

He takes out some paper for notes. "All right, so we have two problems to solve - I think the part where it glows is trivial, I can rework that in an hour or two of staring at it, but the part where there is a Gate there and you can see through to the other side is less so..."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could get up an illusion very fast if we knew what we were getting an illusion of up. Since we don't -

- you could maybe do with another Gate -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks confused for a moment and then sees it. "Oh! Yes, of course. Two Gates sort of - back to back, superimposed in just the right orientation that they see exactly what they are supposed to see. And then we can simply go through invisible. It will take something to make sure we both know how to put our Gate in exactly the right place for that to work. And then we would have to do something clever to retrieve anyone through the same Gate, since otherwise they would step through both Gates and end up exactly where they would have been anyway if there were no Gate..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. The two Gates don't have to open to the same point in our world for this to work, just the same point in theirs, that should help -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm - does that - no, I think you are right..."

He stops drawing on his paper and instead just closes his eyes, holding the shape of the spell. Looking at it from an angle humans cannot generally see. The ways human spells can stabilize are very arbitrary, from a god's-eye view, but there should be nearby islands of stability, and some of them will be what he wants... 

Permalink Mark Unread

Elsewhere she steps out of Aroden's shielded study, which apparently does not count as trying to run away if she is firmly intending to look for a bathroom and only incidentally expecting that Mhalir's tracking devices will work.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a restroom right there! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Elsewhere, Mhalir has been asking the wizards to scry repeatedly and staring at the computer indicator for Carissa's concealed tracking device, which stubbornly remains offline. Since receiving the Sending he's been even more on edge. He hasn't quite succeeded at composing a response. He stares at the tablet screen, frustrated, trying not to focus on how terrified he is. 

- until suddenly and apropos of nothing, the tracker is showing up again! It takes a moment for the signal to resolve, and then - 

"Rahadoum," he says tightly. 

Carissa - has been in enemy hands. He doesn't know what they've done to her, and Golarion has copious mind-control magic. But the ship is well outside Teleport range even if she could Teleport, which she can't, and in terms of technology there's nothing she can do to harm him from there. Theoretically his signal could be tracked, but she doesn't have the equipment to do it, or have any idea how such equipment would work, and none of her extensive knowledge of Golarion arcane magic suggests a way to do it with wizardry, so it's unlikely her captor can either. 

He remotely toggles the recording device and transmitter to two-way mode. 

"Carissa. Status report." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know who he is or what his angle is but he's ninth circle and had me in a custom demiplane and arranged a cleric of Iomedae to come chat on extraordinarily short notice. His wife is named Parmida and gave his name as Alexeis. He'd talked to Alloran. I told him everything." She has an impulse to defend herself, about this, but doesn't. "He had me do the Sending you got earlier and then he wanted me to do an Atonement with the cleric which he thinks I'm still in the middle of, I think. The cleric left. I am under a lesser geas to not cast spells and not resist his and obey him and his wife and not run away." Which means she's a totally useless host, now, but they should have people who can prepare Break Enchantment. "I do not know if he desires or intends that you come rescue me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want me to rescue you right now. If I try and fail it might - go worse for you than otherwise - I think we have better than even odds of succeeding but am reluctant to put it higher than that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's going for Good and didn't torture me even when I was very rude to him, I don't think I have very much to lose. - unless you kill his wife. My read is that he will in fact be real mad if you kill his wife. If you have some plan that doesn't involve that - I would prefer it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will keep that in mind. I do not actually prefer killing people. Stay where you are. Alert me if your situation changes." 

And he mutes the microphone on his end and summons the wizards again. "We have her location." It's pinned down to a very precise spot on the map, now. "Can we get her out with Teleport." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - kind of depends what they've got there with her," one of the wizards says. "If they are at all competent they're redirecting Teleports into the area, and probably expecting us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What are our options for working around that, magically speaking? - I suppose it might be easiest to bring the cloaked shuttle in rather than use magic at all. If I do that, you can cast Invisibility and just walk in, right, unless there are physical barriers against that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. We could at least take the shuttle in and get a look at the precautions but it seems overwhelmingly likely they're expecting us to do that. 

...honestly I don't think you should rescue the girl. It sounds like she's fine and this is approximately the most obvious trap I've ever seen."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Yes, I know, just..." Mhalir doesn't know how to finish that sentence; all of the possible ways are stupid. He wants Carissa back now, she must be terrified and that feels deeply wrong. He wants to understand what's happening again. He's yet again almost dizzy with the confusion. "I - am going to think about it. How likely do you think it is that this ninth-circle wizard intends to keep the terms of any prisoner exchange we agree to?" He doesn't especially want to hand any prisoners over, but, well, the operation is already blown wide open, or at least fully known by this mysterious wizard. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, is he Lawful?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"How would I know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Detect Alignment sometimes functions through a scry. Ninth circle wizard's gonna be unscryable but we could try to get the wife. More description would be useful."

Permalink Mark Unread

He wonders why it's only sometimes but doesn't ask, just toggles the microphone back on. "Carissa, can you give us some further description of the wizard's wife?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Old, probably at least...eighty? She has a headband as nice as mine. Keleshite or maybe Garundi, wearing very fashionable silks. She has a cheerful kind of affect and mostly quizzed me about the magic I know and about the wanting an atonement, while we drank tea. She gave me my wig back - they'd ripped it off for the interrogation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can try," the wizard says, sounding dubious, "but it's not a good bet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand that. Thank you." 

He paces, which is probably not his poor human host's favourite occupation, it's much more suited to an Andalite body. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could....fly over in the shielded shuttle and try casting Break Enchantment down into the building through the ceiling. Normally you can't do that but with your technological scrying maybe we could, if you can get the location exact enough. Or if she can get to a window then it'd be much easier. It'll be warded against hostile casting but possibly not against abjuration. It might set off an alarm, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If we get the shuttle close I can send in a tiny drone with a camera to get footage of the inside, it is about the size of an ant when folded up and would be able to slip through very small cracks under doors and such as long as they are not magically sealed. We should all wear the helmets against Detect Thoughts just in case someone has unusual range with it, a ninth-circle wizard seems like the sort of person who might." They have lightweight caps with osmium now. "And maybe if I can get drone footage of the wife, it will be easier to scry her and find out if she is Lawful? For whatever that is worth." 

It's something to move on, anyway, which feels better even if maybe it shouldn't. Mhalir is wondering why he feels so strongly that losing Carissa and not getting her back would be the worst outcome in the world. He has higher level wizards. It doesn't completely handicap his operations or anything. Her capture was a serious hit, but the damage is done, she's already been interrogated, getting her back now won't undo that.

Ten minutes later they're on the shuttle with equipment both technological and magical, and spare Yeerks, flying toward the planet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They work out how to do non-glowy Gates and then how to do two Gates that open only a millimeter apart from each other angled so that there's nothing apparently not where it should be. It takes a couple of days but Aroden has a very nice time dilation demiplane. 

"I think we are as ready as we'll be until we see what we are doing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is feeling very well rested after his requisite two hours of sleep, and has prepared all his spell slots - he has over eighty - keeping in mind that he doesn't have much idea what he'll need to do. Plenty of enchantments, though, because that's his specialization, he can prepare them more efficiently.

"I agree." And he can drop them out of the demiplane and back to her office. "- Should we be somewhere else for the Gate, or is dropping some aliens into your office fine." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know anything about these aliens, are they dangerous to themselves or each other?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They have very sharp tails, which I suppose they can use to do whatever damage they want to anything - and I got the sense from Alloran that they are rather willing to use it to kill themselves, if they suspect they are about to be enslaved by a Yeerk. They also have instant healing, though, with some form of shapeshifting they use." 

He can show her a Silent Image of Alloran grazing in the field in Nirvana. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmmmm. So then we can't do something that only gets most of them, in case the ones it doesn't get decide it's Yeerks. But we should be able to clarify pretty quickly that we are not Yeerks and are in fact going to stop the Yeerks. I think ideally we would be something that doesn't have the kind of body a Yeerk can interact with, like air elementals, so that it is very apparent we are not prisoners of Yeerks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they will have no idea what air elementals are, and they have their own form of illusions that could perhaps fake the visual evidence of bodies that Yeerks could not infest. It might still be worth trying, though." He makes a slight face. "This point against using enchantments, since those - could more easily be mistaken for the feeling of being enslaved by a Yeerk, and so I fear would be read as very very adversarial even if it does not result in any of them killing themselves." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pout. "They're the best way to disable a large crowd all at once, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know, right? Also I have more spells for that." Sigh. "We do not know what situation we are walking into, which makes this difficult. If it is something chaotic and urgent then I think trying to explain anything we are doing to them is a lost cause - I could cast a Mass Hold Person, the version I figured out that will work on non-humanoids," human arcane magic is so stupidly arbitrary, really, "and then use enchantments once they can no longer resist. They have never encountered our magic, probably few of them will throw off spells? But I am not sure of that. Anyway, if we go through and it is instead a relaxed - picnic in a meadow, or something, I suppose we could use Charm Person and try to explain. It cannot exactly be mistaken for a Yeerk's control. And I prepared Gate twice, in case we need to let the first one lapse and use a second to get back. You did as well, right?" He also has Wish and Time Stop, taking up all four of his ninth-level spell slots. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I can also cast Mass Hold Person and I can do it twice at once, whereas you have to do it one spell at a time."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles at her. "Indeed. Perhaps I will let you do the heavy lifting and cast it twice, and I will keep mine in reserve."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. All set? Are we being air elementals - or fire elementals, fire elementals are also fun - or are we just being ourselves."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably better to go as ourselves? They are familiar with humans, and unfamiliar with any elementals. Fire elementals are fun but might be especially alarming." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pout. "All right." 

 

And she prepares to raise their Gates.

Permalink Mark Unread

So does Malduoni, and they raise them together, perfectly aligned like they practiced - 

- what do they see on the other side? 

Permalink Mark Unread

A big grassy field sloped like an auditorium and full of Andalites. They're not visibly doing anything of course but he can read their minds and they're arguing. 

 

<The line between dissent and treason is not, actually, particularly ambiguous, and it behooves us to stay on the correct side of it> an Andalite in the center of the whole thing is declaring. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- that one is an important one but not the most important one, Nefreti thinks at him through the Telepathic Bond they cast.

Permalink Mark Unread

A shuttle lands on the grass behind them and another Andalite lopes out of it, he's thinking that he watched that exchange on his computer, it was public, and that he's not going to murder the first one but he really should - maybe he will but probably he won't but he really really -

Permalink Mark Unread

That one! We want that one and we want to take him to the palace - oh, this is beautiful -

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni spends a moment evaluating the situation. Battle: no. Calm picnic: also no. Tense situation, that might be about to explode into violence, but hasn't yet. 

We could go through openly and be a loud distraction asking for help with a Yeerk invasion, he suggests. That might defuse this. And if that does not work we could Hold Person them and grab just him - do we want any of the others, I really hope we do not need to kidnap all of them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I want as many of them as possible! I think we will not have to kidnap any, though, we can just be very distracting. 

And she walks through the Gate into the Andalite world and, telepathically addressing everybody in the vicinity says Hello, is this the Andalite homeworld? Our planet is dealing with a Yeerk invasion and we were hoping that maybe you could help.

Permalink Mark Unread

- the Andalites are indeed all immediately distracted by this! They tighten into a herd and bristle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni casts Mass Charm Person, because why leave any of this to chance. (Technically it's a version of Mass Charm Monster that works on non-humanoids, who are ALSO PEOPLE anyway.) He adds his own piece. 

Some number of weeks or months ago, a Yeerk force led by one Visser Three found our world. Based on what he read in Alloran's mind, he expects this to cause OUTRAGE.

We do not have starships as you do, but we do have other capabilities, such as the one we used to come here, and we have - highly advanced Powers we refer to as gods. He's not sure whether the Andalites are even familiar with the concept. 

Visser Three infiltrated our planet in secret and kidnapped some highly capable soldiers to enslave. I have retrieved one of them and we are negotiating, but we would deeply appreciate your help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites are suspicious! These people might, themselves, be Yeerk prisoners. Also, what capabilities even are those.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that's a really reasonable question! Nefreti is going to telepathy them all a vision from Nethys that is an attempt to explain the TRUE NATURE OF MAGIC, and then an explanation of how magic actually works as used by limited people who need to be able to hold it in their limited heads. Magic is SO COOL which is why it's VERY BAD how the Yeerks might get it.

Permalink Mark Unread

- that is actually incredibly cool. Some of them are still suspicious but the one Nefreti has pointed out as the most important one to grab, who was ready to commit murder a minute ago, is now totally absorbed in how cool it is. He has an int score that does not naturally occur in humans at all ever and he is trying to figure out enough to cast magic himself from what Nefreti said.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, I like him, he thinks to Nefreti. Probably it's best to wait and let them think now rather than keep pushing? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They confer!

 

They want to know if the newcomers will consent to a brain scan to check if they have Yeerks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni has some idea what that is from interrogating Carissa about Yeerk technology. If it's not dangerous to them then sure, he'll agree to it. (Golarion healing can probably fix a lot of side effects but he doesn't want to count on that.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not dangerous! They do have to stick their heads in a metal box, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure all right he'll stick his head in the metal box, while watching it suspiciously with Detect Magic and all his other permanently-glued-on senses, not that they're likely to be that informative here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti will stand guard for him though she's substantially distracted by trying to give all the Andalites telepathic magic lessons. 

The box whirs. It confirms that he doesn't have a Yeerk. 

 

She will take her turn with the box too.

 

The Andalites, by their thoughts, are relaxing considerably and trying to think how to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their previous Gate-pair has been down for a while.

We wish to return to our planet with some urgency, Malduoni says, once both scans are done. He glances at Nefreti, and tries to convey earnest trustworthiness through Charm Person. Would any of you be willing to accompany us and help us with the Yeerks?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites would be delighted to do that but they need confirmation from their command, which they've sent a message for. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think we should hurry them since we don't actually want their command involved. 

She makes a Gate. It will stay up for about two minutes, she tells the Andalites.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden isn’t actually sure what his ideal contribution is here, so he just steps across the Gate and looks back at them, trying to appear very earnestly desperate. (This is not an affect that comes especially naturally to him.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites confer about the procedure for military emergencies and decide it applies and many of them step through, including the one Nefreti pointed out as important and a tightly knit pack of his allies. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I am going to go herd them all over to the palace now, Nefreti says to him. You can come if you'd like but Carissa is escaping so you might want to go deal with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a look, not quite a smile. Oh, all right. Have fun. 

And he Teleports back to the waiting area between his office and hallway demiplane, where he left Parmida. Glances around. “Where is she?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Washroom. She's been in there for a while but I wanted to give her her space. Is something -"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Nefreti just dragged me along to kidnap - or recruit - some aliens and then informed me she was escaping. Nethys - sees everything... Could I ask you to check on her, I think my barging into the restroom would be frightening and rude.” And unfortunately she’s back to being invisible to Detect Thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." She goes into the restroom. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is sitting on the ground rifling through her purse. She tries not to visibly startle when Parmida walks in. Smiles at her. ...casts Gaseous Form and streams through a crack in the wall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is reading Parmida's mind for simplicity, and sees this happen. All right, are you serious -

Unlike Carissa, who apparently somehow had her geas removed - probably by her allies? - even though this should not have been possible and he doesn't know yet what he forgot to cover - unlike her, he has the ability to Teleport out of his own office. 

He doesn't even need a Teleport for this, though. He casts Quickened Dimension Door and is on the other side of the wall and casts Dispel Magic prepared in a seventh-circle spell slot at everything in his vicinity. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The shuttle is hovering, cloaked, a few hundred yards off the ground, and Mhalir's crew and the wizard he brought with him (the other two wizards are back in the ship in case this objectively stupid plan which is somehow about to work anyway goes horribly wrong) all have orders to immediately incapacitate anyone pursuing Carissa. The Dracon beams are set to five times the usual power to stun a human, which probably still won't kill an ordinary human instantly but should get most adventurers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa turns solid twenty feet above the ground and catches herself with Feather Fall -

Permalink Mark Unread

The Dracon beams fire on the man suddenly appearing on the other side of the wall. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is a ninth-circle wizard and this does not work at all

He allows the Feather Fall, since he doesn't actually want Carissa to break her neck, but he does start casting another Lesser Geas for her to stop trying to run away and obey him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This time she's not cowering in a demiplane with all her fancy items disabled and she focuses her mind and throws it off and feels an astonishing burst of pride even though her extremely fancy cloak of resistance was definitely doing some of the work. She considers whether to go invisible and concludes that this asshole ninth circle wizard won't even be inconvenienced but her people might be impeded in rescuing her.

She casts Raven's Flight, and bolts for the shuttle in the form of a tiny black bird, even though probably he's just going to dispel it again and presumably at some point she will figure out what gets him to actually be angry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is operating mostly on instinct, at this point, casting Feather Fall himself as his eyes follow her trajectory - 

- and the shuttle is obviously very shielded or something, by technology rather than magic, and the minds inside are blocked from Detect Thoughts, but Malduoni has a number of permanent spells for various magical senses, and there's something there. 

He casts a second Quickened Dimension Door to what seems like roughly the centre of it, and his reflexes have him ready to transition instantly to casting Mass Hold Person as soon as he's in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems...not great...but there's nothing she can do about it. She goes invisible now because while the one guy can probably see through it his guards probably can't. Drifts groundward. Casts Alter Self to look local once she doesn't want to be invisible anymore. 

 

Runs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nobody follows her, because Malduoni's building security are confused by the very fast fight and can't find her, and Malduoni himself is distracted, looking around at four humans successfully restrained on the shuttle floor with Hold Person and trying to figure out which one of them is Mhalir - well, technically Mhalir's host with Mhalir inside. He can't read their minds because they're all wearing goddamned lead helmets or something. 

- not that one, he's wearing Golarion-style clothing and a headband. Two of the others had weapons in their hands and were firing on him, again without much effect, until he took them down. 

He rips off the fourth one's helmet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is SCAREDSCAREDSCARED and so confused and also his host hit her head when they fell and it's making him dizzy too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is the host all right, what is she thinking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Much more impaired by getting her head hit than Mhalir. It wasn't a knock that would even make an adventurer flinch but this person is basically the equivalent of a random commoner.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll get her some healing as soon as he figures out how to safely land this thing. For now it seems to be hovering fine rather than crashing, at least.

First things first. Lesser Geas on Mhalir, who is not a wizard with a dozen fancy magic items, to stay put and obey his orders and answer his questions, this should just work. 

And then he prepares a Sending to Nefreti. "Carissa got away but I have Mhalir. Advice?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the fastest way to solve all your problems is to put him in your head," she replies immediately.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden does not answer 'have you lost your mind' even though this is very much what he's thinking.

"I will not. Could bring him to Andalites? Might be messy." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, no, don't do that, why would you do that. Just talk to him!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Responding to that does not seem worth another fourth-level spell slot. 

He asks Mhalir how to land the shuttle, but Mhalir seems too panicked and disoriented from his host's concussion to think the answer clearly, so he pulls the helmet off another of the enslaved humans and asks the question again. A geas doesn't prove necessary, reading their mind is plenty, and the controls are designed for humans to operate and aren't that complicated for someone who regularly does immensely complicated magic research by intuition in his head. 

Malduoni lands the shuttle outside his office building in the centre of the city. Hold Person is going to wear off soonish. He casts Sleep, which is enough to take out the three regular humans and their Yeerks but not the wizard. He peers at him, considering. No, probably he'll throw off an attempt at a Lesser Geas, and regular Geas takes too long. 

He doesn't want to disappear off to his demiplane himself without talking to Parmida, but he can Plane Shift the wizard there without going along himself, and then figure out how to get the door open - he can't figure out how to un-invisible it - and yell telepathically to Parmida that he needs help out here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida comes on over. Wow. Is that - an alien spaceship?

Permalink Mark Unread

One assumes. I have Mhalir and two of his personnel plus hosts. Sent a wizard with Yeerk to the demiplane. Carissa got away. Nefreti said I should put him in my head and when I politely did not tell her she was crazy and just said no, she said to talk to him rather than take him to the Andalites at the pharaoh's palace. 

The 'help???' at the end is implicit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no idea how to conduct interrogations, dear. Unless you mean you are stuck on - basic practical elements of the situation? You could polymorph them human if you don't want to scare the hosts or make them keep hosting.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is a good idea, thank you. I need healing for Mhalir's host and perhaps the others, but I could leave the humans with you and you can sort that out? Actually, first I need to go collect some scrolls of Polymorph Any Object from my office, I do not exactly prepare it routinely. Can you watch them? They should stay asleep for a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I can watch them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is in a hurry. He burns another Dimension Door to reach his office rather than walk in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa, now in the form of a paunchy middle-aged Garundi man, runs, stuffing her magic items in her bag as she does. 

This is stupid. The powerful wizard might have more important priorities than her at the moment, but as soon as he wants her he can scry her and Teleport to her and take her prisoner again. Without Mhalir, without the spaceship, she doesn't stand a chance. 

She could try to contact the bigger ship in orbit. But she's not sure she trusts the Yeerks other than Mhalir either. They'll stick one in her head, obviously - briefly allowing her to work without one was obviously Mhalir's personal call, and everyone's going to be concluding he wasn't paranoid enough - also the powerful wizard might easily be able to reach the spaceship too. Gate could probably do it, once he can mindread Mhalir for all the details he needs. 

She could - what? 

It might be there is nothing she can do and she should in fact return to the palace and surrender. She - does not want to do that until she has at least given all of her options real consideration. 

She has a scroll of Teleport. But he, too, can Teleport, at a range of more than twice hers, and 900 miles from Azir on the far western coast of Rahadoum doesn't get you many places. It gets you - Cheliax, she could teleport anywhere in Cheliax. Or anywhere in the desert of northern Garund. Or Nidal. 

She doesn't want to go back to Cheliax. In one sense it is insane to prefer being taken into custody again by the mysterious powerful wizard to returning to her own people with a verifiable story about how she was kidnapped and then kidnapped again and then escaped and returned to them. On the other hand - no one has tortured her, since she left. People keep not killing people they have no reason to leave alive. Of course, it keeps not working out very well for them, but -

- Good might be as stupid and confusing as she thought but it seems to be more complicated than just a selfish system for getting a nice afterlife. And she...wants a nice afterlife. Probably eventually it'll be eaten by Asmodeus but - the universe is, apparently, very big, and it seems a bit less inevitable than it did. 

It's just too bad that whether she'll ever see any of it is now entirely in the hands of -

- no. 

She doesn't want to go back to Cheliax and turn herself in. But Cheliax has thriving rich cities full of wizards, just like other places, and she knows how it works, she can navigate it safely, and she can buy another scroll of Teleport there. 

She fixes Egorian in her mind, the glorious capital city of House Thrune, the seat of Hell's power on Golarion.

She pulls out her headband, and her scroll, and reads from it.

She Teleports. 

 

It is worse than she remembered it. Which is a weird way to feel. It's not like the cities she's seen since are richer - they're mostly poorer - they're mostly dirtier - lots of them have beggars in the streets -

- you don't need 25 intelligence to figure out why Cheliax doesn't have beggars in the streets. 

She slouches into a magic shop. "Scroll of Teleport?"

          "Down the street."

That one, then. "Scroll of Teleport?"

          He narrows his eyes at her. Mid-level adventurer. Lawful evil. Garundi-looking. There'd be more questions if she was Chelish and wanted it. Can't have people smuggling themselves out. "Fifteen hundred."

That's twice what it is in Absalom. She tells him so. Pays it. 

 

She walks out of the store and fixes Vigil in her mind, instead. Mhalir got her pictures of everywhere. The whole world. Because why not. She reads off the scroll right there in the street, because she doesn't want to delay. 

And there it is, a city with layers of walls on a mountain, reminiscent somehow of something she's never seen before. The knights at the gate detect evil, presumably, and step in synchrony into her path. "Who're you here to see?"

"Uh," Carissa says. "I'm - here to ask about an atonement and request sanctuary and - I'm a weapons enchanter but I want to do ones you use for - the Worldwound, not for whatever you do in Cheliax - is that okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni retrieves his scrolls, plus a scroll of Plane Shift because it was in the drawer over and he might need that spell slot later, based on how today is going.

He asks Mhalir, his voice very calm and courteous, to leave his host. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir wakes to hearing an order and finding himself doing it. He probably would have anyway. His host isn't that functional right now and he's in the hands of a ninth circle wizard and - do they have Carissa - he didn't see... 

Mhalir's other personnel aren't geased, but the obey the perfectly mundane request when woken for it. They don't have a lot of options. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He casts Polymorph Any Object three times from the scrolls and turns the tiny gooey-looking slugs into humans. They look the same as their hosts, just for simplicity. 

Take care of them, he asks Parmida, meeting her eyes for a moment but not touching her, and then he places the three polymorphed Yeerks' hands together, and Plane Shifts them to join the wizard. 

He attempts Detect Thoughts on the wizard to gauge how upset he is about presumably still having a Yeerk in his head. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He thinks that he would not have accepted this job if he knew that it was run by these incompetents! Smooth presentation and everything but fundamentally you have to not walk into traps constantly, come on. It does not exactly make sense to accuse a Yeerk of thinking with its dick what with how they don't have one but that is totally his interpretation of Mhalir's decisionmaking about Carissa, who is, to be fair, hot. 

He plans to plead that he has been involved with this operation for like one day. 

He's not upset about the Yeerk and the Yeerk is in fact letting him do what he wants, which is mostly pace having these opinions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is going to focus on Mhalir, then. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Who's on his feet, having taken a couple of steps back and edged up against a bookshelf. His posture is deliberately relaxed, his expression neutral. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why did you come back for her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is thinking that he's sort of wondering that himself right now. He feels like he tried each step expecting to find some reason to abort, and then there wasn't, and then he - could sort of feel the stretching his mind was doing, his decision-making here wasn't neutral. 

He wants Carissa to be safe and he wants to be in her head again where their thoughts together are so gloriously clear and he wants to watch her keep growing, and probably being kidnapped again will just make her want to shrink to nothing again and he hates it... 

He wishes he knew what this deadly-calm old man wants from him. 

"She is my voluntary host and I wanted her back. You will notice that she agreed on this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have been told you are neither stupid, nor generally rash or impulsive, and yet I observe you keep making choices that do not match that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir has no idea what he's supposed to say to that! Now, in addition to scared, he feels dizzy and like the world is falling away under him again. And sad and confused and so so tired. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You seem to find some features of our world perplexing. What is it that is new information to you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure." Mhalir doesn't have any words for it, only feelings, vague and sliding away when he grasps for them. The bizarre local conceptions of Good and Evil, Law and Chaos, which would have seemed metaphysically incoherent to him before, but - here they're real, they bear weight, and he can't help but poke at the new framework for everything. The feeling that he could afford to explore here, maybe, in a place the Andalites knew nothing of and hadn't yet poisoned. 

Alloran, talking to Carissa and the cleric, impassioned, thinking new thoughts. Suddenly realizing that the reasoning behind keeping Alloran as a host no longer applied, and only then recognizing the sheer relief, how desperately he wants, suddenly needs, to be anywhere other than Alloran's head listening to his mental screams. 

The feeling that researching spells with Carissa is the dream he's been reaching toward all this time, the someday future once he has enough power to hold his own against the Andalites and demand they accept his terms, because otherwise his people's future will never ever ever be under their control... 

Carissa, thinking that his reasoning about the Andalites is naive and childish. 

The cleric of Sarenrae, who thinks Good is so simple. Just stop hurting each other. 

And, of course, it was impossible all along, he was deluding himself with hope that he could operate in a world not full of alien powers determined to destroy him. It hurts. He wants - not that. 

(Something else that he deliberately isn't thinking about.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not determined to destroy you," Malduoni says quietly. "I realize you are a person too, and so are all of the others. I suspect you were wrong about the Andalites - at least about what is possible, if not about what you personally could achieve with them. I think there is hope for your people's future, if you stop enslaving people on my planet." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sounds so possessive. Presumably it isn't personally his planet, even ninth-circle wizards aren't gods, who can claim territory in that sort of way.

Still, Mhalir supposes he might choose the same phrase in defending his homeworld, if it ever came up. 

He says nothing, because the man's words add very little clarity, and don't give him much reason to believe anything different than he did before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni sighs. 

"I can, and will, demand by force that you stop it. I would rather you did not threats, though, and instead - saw that you have better paths, now, and can set aside all these horrifically costly tradeoffs that you were choosing to make - in full knowledge of how monstrous they are, I think - and build that more cooperative future you wanted to have someday, now, here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir blinks, that's - surprising, somehow, but not in a way that makes any of the whirling puzzle pieces slip together. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are the Yeerks in command back home going to pursue you here, if you do not return or send messages?"  

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow change of topic. "Eventually. I gave them coordinates but not the ship design, it will take them time to re-engineer it."

Which might have been a mistake or it might've been a mistake to send word home at all and his entire mind is locking up with the effort of not screaming about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I wanted to have breathing space. There was a great deal of new information here to orient to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you thought you might change your mind about the correct strategies to pursue in your war?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - hoped so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you believe me when I say that I also hope so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

....Apparently not, no. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni sighs. 

"I am not angry or planning to harm you. I do not have Carissa; she escaped. I will look for her but I am sure she can take care of herself for a little while." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir winces, surprised at the sudden ache. He wants to be back in Carissa's head; it feels like the world will be a little more right and okay if he has that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sure she will manage to find you again. She seems quite motivated to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Really? It'd be stupid of her, it was one thing when he was winning and could give her wealth beyond imagining but he's been captured by a powerful enemy now and if she's smart, which she is, she'll want to be far far away, not get caught up in the collateral damage. Of course, the wizard can probably find her anyway, though it sounds like he's taking his time about it for some reason. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni isn't angry but he is starting to get a bit frustrated. 

"Please have a seat and rest," he says distantly, pointing at some armchairs, "the restroom is there," and then he ducks through the divider into the study and seals the door with magic. 

And prays to Iomedae. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's there. She looks quite pleased with herself, for some reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Something going well on your end?" Aroden says, wearily. "I am glad one of us is having a good day. I have Mhalir, somehow, his Chelish wizard escaped but I captured his shuttle in the process. After Nefreti hauled me off to Gate a large number of Andalites to the pharaoh's palace in Osirion, for some reason. I am having such a tiring day." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Now he is sitting in her lap being held against her chest. Her size is sort of whatever size makes this cozy which is not precisely the size humans really are. "You poor thing. You did very well. I am still piecing together a lot of what you did but you did very well at it. There is a flock of axiomites in Sothis learning about computing and negotiating some kind of agreement with the Andalites. Abadar wants to mediate. Between them and the Yeerks. I guess He might be the right god for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Really. Excellent, I am very pleased to hear that. Abadar does have - a framework that they can both see and work within, I think." It's very cozy in Iomedae's lap. He relaxes into it.

"I wanted your advice with Mhalir, actually. I do not think I am figuring out the right way to reassure him, or to help him understand this world and - understand Good, and why it is in some sense a real and important force here, just like gravity. He is not currently able to see it that way and he feels very very confused and I cannot seem to bridge the gulf." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Carissa thought that maybe the cleric who she spoke to earlier should speak to him. I think that is a good idea though that specific cleric is regrettably occupied at this moment and will be for the next hour. I can get her to you then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would appreciate that very much. I have him Polymorphed into a more convenient human form for the next eleven-and-some hours, so waiting is fine, I think he could use the time to settle down a bit." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can send her over when she's done, though she can't teleport to the same place as last time because of your usual protections on it. I am not going to intervene again; frankly at this point the situation seems well in hand and does not justify it. Carissa scared me briefly by going to Cheliax but she just wanted to buy some things and flee immediately."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She can Teleport to outside my office and I can meet her? Or if she has not been to Rahadoum, I suppose I can come to her." He hesitates. "Where - is Carissa? Mhalir is very worried about her and misses her, he was quite upset when I said I did not know where she was." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel like it would be disrespectful of her quite impressive effort at figuring out a way to hide from you despite the fact she is fourth circle and you are ninth, to just tell you like that. You can tell Mhalir that she is safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks slightly sheepish, then smiles. "Fourth circle! That is new, good for her. Anyway, I will meet your cleric in an hour. Thank you. It - is good not to feel alone anymore." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is a good thing I know about you! I have been changing some peoples' orders. In a very subtle way that even Asmodeus couldn't use to infer I think you're alive, don't worry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." His expression dims. "I was expecting to be ready to move in two to five years, but am now at the stage where I could trigger it within a week if I chose. I suppose you probably read that from my mind already." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." She sounds very like him when he's being unapologetic about something most people would be apologetic about. "I think we may want to move sooner. I want to see how Asmodeus reacts to the news of the aliens, when he learns of it. It - might be important." Her eyes shine. "They have weapons that can destroy planets and on the one hand that is horrifying and on the other hand - I want to bring them to bear on Hell itself."

Permalink Mark Unread

He twists to look into her eyes. "Oh. Yes. You make a good point. I think a great many things here may be important. Complicated and fraught, but - promising." 

And he wants to rest in her arms just a little longer, before he returns to his body in the study, and composes himself for a moment before going out and telling the three Yeerks he'll be leaving them here for a while and they're welcome to read the books. 

He Plane Shifts to his hallway, and goes to wait in his office, sitting at his desk with his chin resting in his hands, deep in thought. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually the same cleric as earlier comes by, with a wizard on hand. "- hello," she says. "I am not delighted about being in Rahadoum against the will of its people but I understand that we're just catching a ride elsewhere?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Yes, thank you. - Just to warn you, your magic will not work where I am taking you, but it is safe there.” And he offers her his hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

She raises an eyebrow, but takes it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He Plane Shifts both of them to the library demiplane.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir scrambles up from the armchair where he’s sitting, eyes fixed on both of them. He’s trying to guess who the woman is and what she’s doing here, he’s scared but more than that he’s confused. (He wishes Carissa were there...)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you Mhalir?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances back at the other two Polymorphed Yeerks, who are huddled in their armchairs, also scared but shrinking about it instead of reacting. "Yes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks at the old man. "May we have some privacy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you wish. You may knock if you require me." He gestures for the two Yeerk staff and the wizard to follow him into the other half of the demiplane, shutting the door, which immediately blocks off all sound as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits down. "How long have you been here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He retakes his seat as well, looks uncertainly at her. "Here as in this library, or Golarion?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The library. We can talk about Golarion in a bit, right now I want to make sure that everyone here is safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"An hour or two? I am not sure, there is no clock. Also no doors and the wizard's magic does not work here, so we cannot leave unless he -" handwave at the closed divider, "lets us. He has not harmed us though." His eyes narrow. "Who are you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My name is Lucia Ines. I am a priestess of the Inheritor - of Iomedae. Earlier today I was called to Heaven on urgent business, and on my way back I landed - I assume by the design of my goddess - here, where that man had been expecting me and asked me to do an Atonement for Carissa. Has he introduced himself to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He has not. His wife told Carissa that he went by Alexeis when they met? I suspect that is not his real name." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He is Lawful, and not Evil." She sounds somewhat skeptical of him even so. "When I spoke to Carissa, she thought that perhaps I should talk to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Why?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We were talking about the nature of Good. She had some misconceptions about it but she thought your confusions about it were different in character from hers."

Permalink Mark Unread

He blinks. The look he's giving her is distrustful and curious and hopeful and tired all at the same time. 

"Can you - say more about what you think Good is, then?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good is about fixing everything wrong with the universe. Hell, and hunger, and disease, and tyranny, and slavery, and suffering, but right now mostly Hell because everything else will be easier to fix if we fix that."

Permalink Mark Unread

For a second his expression is one of clarity and relief and sense-of-recognition, and then he turns away slightly, his eyes shuttered. "I - agree that everything wrong with the universe needs to be fixed. It must be a great deal easier if you have a literal god on your side." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you are trying to fix those things then you do have a god on your side."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks down. "Not where I come from." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Humans on Golarion didn't start out with gods on our side; they ascended."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. - Right, Iomedae was human. But not Sarenrae, right? I am not sure where the gods who are not ascended humans come from or how long they have existed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sarenrae was an angel, a kind of neutral good outsider. She has never been human and has a different outlook on Good that is related to that, I think. The First Gods - the ones who bound Rovagug - are somewhere between thirty thousand and three hundred thousand years old; their records are confusing, and ours don't go back that far at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your world's civilization is very old. I do not think any planets I know of have recorded histories a tenth that long." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. And yet some of them already travel between the stars. Are we close, to learning how to do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure, your tech tree is very different from any of the ones I know, because of your magic. Your Plane Shifts might do something similar to our ship's hyperspace jumps, and could maybe be generalized to travel between stars?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and does not say anything for a moment. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He wants to get up and pace, but resists the urge, fidgets with the arm of the chair instead. 

"I knew someone once," he says slowly. "Who I thought - wanted to fix all of those things. He came to our world and he gave us electric lights and a way to feed ourselves and he gave us starships, and I thought... I remember thinking I had not even recognized what it was that I wanted until I met him and - saw what was possible. And I thought maybe we would win together, someday."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is a - rare, special thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

He turns away from her. "I was very stupid." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- whatever went wrong, I doubt that would be my diagnosis of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wanted to make plans - to travel elsewhere, to find people we could help and work with, to bring the gifts he had brought us to them too. But..." He trails off. "Did Carissa tell you what my real body is like?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She said you were called Yeerks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. We are - little slugs, about this long." He shows her with his hands. "We lived in pools, on our home planet, and in our natural bodies we have very limited senses, and are defenceless. But - we communicate between ourselves with electrical signals, and at some point in our evolutionary history, we formed a symbiotic relationship with another species, the Gedds. We would slip in through their ears and interface with their brains, borrow their senses and bodies. They were not very intelligent, by themselves, and they benefited vastly from our presence, so they came back to the pools for us. It was - it was good, we were helping them, but the Andalites came and they were horrified at the concept of a slug that could enter someone's head and take over their body. We have so little without that, though, we have no eyes to see the stars with, no hands to build with..."

He shakes his head. "But when we spoke of going elsewhere to find hosts, they did not think any other species in the galaxy would voluntarily choose that. And -" a flicker of pain, regret, "and I will admit some of my fellows did - not really understand why the host's consent mattered, our culture lacked the concepts for it, we were so young and new. I - think I understood, even then, but evidently I failed to communicate that clearly enough. And so Seerow, who I thought was my friend, became alarmed. He had said he was concerned. We had debated it. I thought we were allies who could communicate our positions in words, and listen... Until he attacked us. And we fought back, because, what else were we supposed to do, give up and die?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I told Carissa that it is almost never the Good thing to do, to give up and die, because then you will not be able to do any other things and there are a lot of other things to get done."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir's breath catches. He looks up into her eyes, startled, maybe relieved. "- Yes. That is what I thought." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also because if all the people trying to do the right thing give up and die then the people who are not trying to do the right thing will end up in charge. And because people who are undecided about whether they should try to do the right thing will find the case for it pretty unpersuasive."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I - I have tried many times to push our Council toward - plans that are less evil in the short run. And I think I have sometimes succeeded, on the margin, when it did not trade off much against other things, but...it was hard to make a case that those plans were otherwise equally good, when it seemed that the best-case scenario for us losing the war was being denied technology and confined to our home planet indefinitely, and the worst case was the annihilation of our entire species. I could not make a very persuasive case." He seems kind of upset about it, but mostly confused. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am curious what you mean by 'less evil.'"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Offering alliance to planets rather than conquering them because we could and enslaving their people. We did this successfully with the Taxxons. They have an intense biological drive of constant hunger that they often cannot control, sometimes they eat each other, it was immensely limiting to their civilization and we can help. I - think it was demoralizing, for the Council, that the Andalites knew the Taxxons had chosen it voluntarily, and were not at all inclined to de-escalate the war as a result. I also pushed to talk to the Andalites rather than fighting. Repeatedly. On the Hork-Bajir world I was in charge of an operation and - I unilaterally decided to open communications with the Andalite forces there. Arguably I did not actually have authority to do that without advance permission from our Council. Alloran - my host who I left in Nirvana - used the comms instructions we shared to target attacks instead. And then - triggered a bioweapon and slaughtered all the Hork-Bajir remaining on the planet, rather than let them fall into our hands."

Mhalir's face clenches. "He gave us no warning. I - am not sure I would have backed down if he had, it is in a sense not a good strategy to do that, your enemies will know you can be coerced into surrender if they are willing to be more ruthless than you... But I might have. Anyway. We captured him. I - was facing the disapproval of the Council, for being too pro-Andalite, I was close to losing their trust entirely. I took him as my host as a political move to counter that. I know that was Evil, just..." Helpless shrug. "I felt very constrained." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you think that was a mistake?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure. I think it would have been a mistake if I had - lived in your world. Where there are gods on the side of Good. I...do not think our world is like that. I think we have no greater power trying to fix all the problems, or else things would look very different. But... I do feel very confused about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I am not sure the gods are the decisive thing. I think the strongest argument for Good - means, rather than Good ends - is the world being very strange, very confusing, containing lots of actors and factions whose aims you can't necessarily anticipate....and perhaps this is the same thing from another angle but being likely to make mistakes. People who have never fought a war before are likely to make mistakes related to how to fight wars. People who have never had contact with other civilizations before are likely to make mistakes related to contact with other civilizations. Good tactics are in general tactics that are robust about being wrong about what kind of world you're in. Not - infinitely wrong, no one has a tactic that will work just as well if it turns out that the exact opposite of everything they believed was true, but - 

- Golarion has gods. Maybe your universe does not have gods. But it has lots of peoples in it, right? Even if none of the ones you'd met so far were aligned with you, or powerful enough to defend you -"

Permalink Mark Unread

...Nod. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

"I think I was wrong about the Andalites," he says after a very long pause. "I am not sure how wrong. Or - whether it was enough to actually produce different predictions of their actions, or whether there is any path I could have taken from where I was that would have de-escalated the war once it began. But - maybe." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"People are - usually wrong about how their enemies think and feel. It is a known place where it takes extraordinary skill to be right."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, slowly. "...I think I took Alloran's beliefs too much at face value. As an indicator of the Andalite political consensus on Yeerks, rather than - well, while one is being enslaved and tortured is not exactly the best time for them to express nuanced beliefs. And I did notice that, I tried to take it into account, but - probably that is something else where it takes extraordinary skill to be right. I was surprised, when Alloran spoke to Carissa and to the cleric of Sarenrae, and I should not have been, I had been in his head for fifteen years." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did he - have the chance to speak to other people, during that time?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I tried to suggest it, early on. He had no interest in talking to voluntary Taxxon Controllers, even when they were demonstrably Yeerk-free because he had just watched the Yeerk exit into the pool, and the adult Hork-Bajir all have an induced intellectual disability, the creators of their species made them that way. I...did not think to offer it again once there were humans in the picture. I suppose I had stopped trying by then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was confusing to Carissa that you did not kill him when you were done with him. It was one of the examples she thought of, of Good people doing unstrategic things in order to be Good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He would have gone to an Evil afterlife, here! I was not willing to subject him to that after decades of enslaving him. And...I promised myself, at the beginning, that I would free him someday, when we had won, and - maybe by then it would be too late for him to ever be all right but at least I could try."

He shakes his head. "I am not really sure either why I did it when I did, though, we had demonstrably not won yet and it was unstrategic. I - just - I noticed that the considerations for keeping him as a host no longer applied, wizards were just as smart and would be even more impressive to the Council, and - I told myself maybe the Good gods would try to fight me if I kept him but not if I freed him - and then suddenly it was intolerable to be in his head listening to him scream." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Another argument for Good means as opposed to Good ends which should probably get some credit is that it is very bad for people to employ Evil means. That's more Sarenrae's domain of concern than ours, but I think it's probably true."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." He isn't sure what else to say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She does not seem bothered by them not talking for a little while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir tries to think. 

He wants to live in the world she's describing to him. It's a better world. Maybe that in itself is making it harder to trust her, because of course this is the sort of argument someone would make, to be very convincing to someone shaped like Mhalir, and the old man is a wizard with Detect Thoughts, this woman is here on his orders and Mhalir has no way of even verifying that she works for a god at all... 

He can't take for granted that Iomedae's values are what the woman says at all, anyway, rather than something more incomprehensibly alien, which can be approximated in human language by what she said, but isn't really that. 

Fighting Hell makes sense to him, though, there's a stark beautiful simplicity in it. 

And there's a kind of simplicity in his current situation, awful as it is. He's a prisoner, held by a ninth-circle wizard. His options have narrowed to almost nothing. But for some reason this woman is here, right now, sitting in front of him, and maybe he can't trust her but he can still say words to her. 

"Iomedae is Lawful," he says, finally. "She keeps agreements. I - am wondering if She would be interested in making a deal. I could contribute our technology to fight Hell, if she helps us end the war." He carefully doesn't say 'win', because - maybe that's not the best path, from here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is very still, for a little while. "It is - hard for gods to make agreements with mortals in a fashion verifiable to the mortals. But - something in that spirit, I think, we would want very much. 

Yeerks would have to stop taking unwilling hosts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." He meets her eyes levelly. "I - would be very relieved, actually, to have such a strong and compelling reason for us to do that. I think I can convince the rest of our leadership easily, if the incentive is that clear." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Will they want us to send people who they can - look at, to understand Iomedae and Hell and what Lawful Good is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"By 'look at' I am guessing you mean infest and read their minds? And - yes, I think that would help a great deal to build trust, here."

He frowns, thoughtfully. "Golarion wizards have mind control. It - would be frightening for most of us, to be geased not to take over before entering a host, but if that is the agreement that would make it safe, some might agree." He takes a deep breath, lets it out slowly. "I would agree to it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I think probably under any circumstances when you infest a priest of a god you are doing it with the god's sufferance. We can use spells to guarantee it if that ends up feeling more concrete to everybody."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir nods. 

His expression is very controlled again, but the emotion that the control is hiding is fear. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits patiently again. "Mhalir - Do you want to fight for Good, forever, with people who are also fighting for that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He stares at her for a while, suspicion and weariness and hope tangled together in his eyes. 

"Is that a trick question?" he says dully. "Obviously I would want that, if it were really on offer to - someone like me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - what exactly do you think that the forces of Good would gain by not offering it to people who want it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - I think I am still confused about something but I am not sure what. I - want that. I want the world where that is possible to exist. I - think I am finding it hard to believe that it does." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - you have seen, I think, if you know Carissa, what it looks like when Evil is a intelligent, careful and purposeful force in the world."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shudder. "Yes. That - is not a horrible equilibrium that arose by itself out of people trying to achieve their goals and protect their interests, it was horrible in a different way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." Her hand clenches at her side, though she's not armed, here. "But it is hard to believe that Good is - also a force in the world?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He notices her hand clenching and feels some sort of emotion about it. It's hard to tell what emotion because there's a lot of noise, there, his human form seems to be having a panic attack or something which is very rude and inconvenient of it and not helping anything. 

"I - maybe I am failing to account for differences properly," he says. "It feels as though if a force for Good existed and had for thousands of years then Good ought to have won by now and the problems ought to be fixed. But if Evil is also an intelligent and purposeful force opposing it - why are there Evil gods, anyway, it is so stupid for reality to be that way..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - also most of the Good gods are not in fact wholly aligned with Iomedae and with the work that needs to be done. Sarenrae does lots of valuable things but her portfolio has virtually nothing you can leverage for prioritization. Shelyn's domain is love, which is neat but you can't fight Hell with love as far as I know. Erastil is focused on agriculture and family and - I mean, good harvests are important. Iomedae is new, eight hundred years old, that's very young for a god and they get more powerful over time. The greatest of the ancient Good gods died in Earthfall, trying to prevent the extinction of everyone in the world. And a hundred years ago we lost Aroden, who wasn't Good but he was allied with Iomedae, and Cheliax fell to Hell because of that, and tens of millions of people died.

I don't know why there are Evil gods. Asmodeus in particular just really really resents free will, is my understanding."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir shivers. "I see. Even with a god on your side, you are - constrained, and short on resources, and you have allies but not perfectly-aligned ones..." He closes his eyes. "If my joining forces with you might shift that balance, then - I think I want to do that. It seems important. Maybe the most important thing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She smiles at him. "I think so.

 

I don't - actually know who the person who kidnapped you is. Iomedae wouldn't have sent me here if it were pointless but She might've sent me here even if it were very complicated. If that's what you want, I will go talk to him, about getting you released so you can go back to your people and persuade them to accept our help."

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. For a moment he had half-forgotten that he was still a prisoner, his ability to achieve his goals ever again dependent on other people's whims. Mhalir flinches a little. "...I would appreciate that. If you are willing." He's not entirely sure that he believes her, yet, and this is visible in his eyes, but it's not as though not believing her gets him anywhere at all, right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." 

 

She stands up and goes and knocks on the door to the other room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni has been talking to Mhalir's people for the last while. Mainly to the wizard, who he's very tempted to try to recruit. 

He lifts a hand. "Excuse me, one moment." He stands, absently casts the spell to unlock his divider, opens it. "Yes?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have a moment to talk?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Privately?" If so he can gently shoo the Polymorphed Yeerks and the wizard-and-Yeerk pair out into the armchair area. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. 

She sits down, again. "Who are you and what are your aims here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He's been expecting the question and is a little surprised it didn't come sooner. 

"My name is Malduoni. I am the elected leader of Rahadoum. I have been preparing a plan for some time, which your goddess knows and approves of, but which I prefer not to share without giving the matter more thought. My interest in the Yeerk situation is, one, they were kidnapping wizards and I would prefer they stop, two, their war is horrible and I would like it to stop too, and three, they have access to resources that could help Golarion with - its problems." 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can destroy Hell, she thinks, but doesn't say it. "All right. Mhalir wants to go back to his people and propose that they ally with us in bringing their war to an end and then helping Golarion with its problems. I can't verify his intent, here, but if he's sincere I want to have him do it." It seems like it'd be good for Carissa to get a couple of weeks off but she'll agree, and it is not worth waiting.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting. It seems that you got further with him than I did. I definitely want to Detect Thoughts him about it, or have you use truth spell outside of this demiplane, but - if he passes that test, then yes, I am willing to send him. Though his Polymorph will not last much longer so he will need a host." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I imagine we can arrange that in Vigil." Even if Carissa doesn't want him back but her read is that she will.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah." He looks at her, thoughtful but unsurprised. "All right, then, I will go out and ask him with Detect Thoughts and if I am satisfied, I will hand him over to your care." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. And the others?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My impression is that they are loyal to Mhalir and obey his orders, and I am willing to send them along with him. The Yeerks, that is, I am not sure what the wizard prefers to do, he is pretty unimpressed with their operation after Mhalir got himself captured by me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The other Yeerks can probably come with us too. Did their existing hosts prefer not to have Yeerks?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was very unclear to me, it did not seem like ideal circumstances for un-pressured consent. They are humans from Earth, another planet, not Golarion. I can have my wife ask them, she was going to take care of them for me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I can wait here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

And he slips out again, and goes to Mhalir. Something is indefinably different about his body language; he's still scary, but less. "The cleric tells me you wish to return to your people and propose an alliance with Golarion, so that we can aid you in ending the war. Do you mean to keep to this agreement?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir thoughts are still constricted by the underlying barely-suppressed panic; he hates feeling trapped and helpless. He's thinking that he doesn't know whether to trust or believe the cleric, truth magic would help but her magic doesn't work here and he doesn't know enough anyway to be certain it can't be faked, and there are so many terrifying unknowns, and probably even more unknown unknowns, he feels like a sailor whose ship has fallen to pieces and left him floundering in an infinite bottomless sea, trying to piece some new support together out of flotsam but it keeps shifting and tossing under him and he's so tired. 

He's very distrustful of, well, all of it, but he intends to take the option open to him, and if he makes a formal agreement he's going to keep it, because - that's the world where he still has a path to victory, right, the world where a power exists that he can communicate with and make trades with. If the cleric is misleading him then almost certainly everything is lost. 

He misses Carissa. Being in a human body but with no one else in his head is weird and lonely and he feels incomplete. 

Behind the fear is a desperate longing. He wants to live in a world where there's a Lawful Good goddess called Iomedae who implacably intends to fight Hell and win, and hasn't succeeded yet only because she's new and young and still coming into Her power, in a world already fixed into a certain power balance. That - would be a better world than the one he thought he lived in for so many years. 

(He wants Seerow back and nothing is ever going to give him that, because there were no gods waiting to catch his first teacher and mentor, and so when the atoms making him up ceased to hold together, so did he.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni looks into Mhalir's eyes for a long moment. 

"I am satisfied," he says finally, turning back to the cleric. "Mhalir, I wish you godspeed. Do you want a Plane Shift back to my office?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, please. I can take three with Word of Recall but not four, is the fourth coming with us?)

 

(The wizard is going to sign on with Malduoni, he thinks. He will follow the Yeerk activities from a distance and see if there's anything he wants to get involved in.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard’s Yeerk is thinking that he LIKES his wizard and magic is COOL but it’d probably be treason or something to switch sides and join the scary ninth-level wizard who kidnapped them, even if he is being very nice to them and offering to pay very well. Also he needs kandrona and it sounds like the ship is leaving. He’ll go with Mhalir. If the woman can’t take all of them then he can wait? 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Will he count against the limit if he goes into one of the others’ heads for it?” 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wouldn't expect so."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I suppose he can go in the pilot’s head, they have the same security clearance.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, he can do that.

<I liked working with you> he tells the wizard before making his exit. <Good luck with things, I guess.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, you too, the wizard thinks back at him.

 

The cleric takes Malduoni's hand for the Plane Shift.

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes sure all the passengers have their hands linked, and then returns them to the hallway and shortly later the office.

Parmida, love, where are you?

Permalink Mark Unread

We got lunch brought to one of the offices. You haven't signed up for any more wars, have you?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think not! I am handing Mhalir over to Iomedae, apparently, so they can send him back to his people to negotiate an alliance, help with their war in exchange for, one assumes, help fighting Hell.

He sounds quite pleased with himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

- huh. All right. I guess that worked out reasonably well! 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

How are the humans with you doing? I was not sure if they would want to accompany their Yeerks to Vigil or if they are delighted to be freed and wish to remain that way, or some third thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think they're feeling pretty nervous? I bet they'll want to go back eventually but if it's now or never that's pretty unfortunate.

Permalink Mark Unread

I suspect there will be other opportunities? And even if all of this manages to go terribly wrong somehow and the Yeerk ship does not return, I can invent a spell to return them to Earth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I'll ask them, given that, if they want to go back now.

 

 

 

They'd like a bit more time if their Yeerks and everything will be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so.

In a short back-and-forth with Mhalir he confirms that this is fine as long as the Yeerks can get hosts somewhere, the ship won’t have enough to go around. He conveys this to Lucia.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it was our intent to send some of our priests with Mhalir, so that his people can come to understand Iomedae and what is being offered."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Ah. Good.” He nods. “Then - I wish you well in your endeavors, Mhalir.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir returns his nod, uncertainty showing in his eyes if not his posture.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the cleric Word of Recalls them back to Vigil. The spell lands them in a temple; it is clean and quiet and a reasonable temperature. Through the window, people are practicing swordfighting. 

"Welcome," she says. "I need to speak to my superiors, but I can probably drop you off on the way...Carissa is here. She Teleported here after escaping and asked for sanctuary."

Permalink Mark Unread

He blinks, then relaxes. “Oh. Good for her. This must be one of the only places she could go where - whoever the wizard is - could not chase her down.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems likely." She heads out at a brisk walk through the street, through a gate into a more walled part of the city, and then gestures at a locked door. "There you go. I'll be back in about an hour, I expect. You can tell people I brought you if they ask."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir’s other personnel, one of them human with a Yeerk in his head, trail after him.

“Thank you.” Mhalir looks at the door for a moment, tries it, done discovers that it is locked, and makes a confused face for a moment before knocking on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who's there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Something in his chest clenches. “Mhalir.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I'm gonna Detect Thoughts."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I understand. Go ahead.”

Permalink Mark Unread

She casts Detect Thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir’s mind is still a muddied tangle of doubt and hope and exhaustion and confusion, as bits and pieces of his conversation with the cleric replay in his mind.

Good is about fixing everything wrong with the universe. Hell, and hunger, and disease, and tyranny, and slavery, and suffering.

It is almost never the Good thing to do, to give up and die, because then you will not be able to do any other things and there are a lot of other things to get done.

Mhalir - Do you want to fight for Good, forever, with people who are also fighting for that? And how that felt so stupidly blatantly obvious a question that it had to be a trick, somehow.

Mistakes. Costs. Misunderstanding one’s enemies. Skills he didn’t have. 

“Good” strategies are ones that are robust against making terrible mistakes...

He wants it to be actually true, and it probably isn’t but maybe he can play his way into a trade anyway, give Iomedae spaceships to advance Her aims in exchange for Her help in their war... He wants more than that, though, he wants the impossible mirage where he’s not alone anymore, and it hurts, staring at the earnest claim that it’s right in front of his face, and holding back from seizing it because he’s made that mistake and learned that lesson before.

He really misses Carissa. Maybe, somehow, everything will make sense again once he’s back in her head.

Permalink Mark Unread

She opens the door. "Hey. Iomedae offered to help with the war?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Well, Lucia - the cleric - did. I am not sure how her relationship with Iomedae works and whether that automatically means Iomedae approves, she did not stop to pray and ask or anything.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gods mostly don't deign to directly venture opinions about political things but I guess this is very big. And it - fits, right, Good is definitely super into fighting Evil and you have a lot of resources for that." She doesn't look entirely happy about it. "I have fourth-circle spells now."

Permalink Mark Unread

He can guess why she’s unhappy and it’s uncomfortable, because he’s VERY on board with fighting Hell and she’s reading his mind. He - really hopes Iomedae isn’t planning to melt Hell into slag along with all the dead souls in it, that seems vastly unfair even if he can picture Lucia saying it’s justified.

“Good job!” he says to Carissa, and means it, even if his mind is mostly elsewhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you, uh, is the Polymorph permanent?" She can't think how you'd do that but she's not a mysterious secret ninth-circle wizard.

Permalink Mark Unread

“No! Twelve hours, he said, but that was - some number of hours ago. I am not sure if it can be cancelled sooner than that, if you wanted...” He doesn’t want to wait another ten hours for a proper reunion, but he’d understand if she wanted a break, it’s generous of her to want him back at all...

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet his spells are a nightmare to Dispel. Normal Polymorph the target can undo themself. If not I can try throwing a Dispel at it but I bet it won't work. - though I did throw off his Lesser Geas." Smirk.

Permalink Mark Unread

“I cannot believe you got away from a ninth-circle wizard and instead got myself captured!” He’s smiling at her, though, sort of fondly. “I will try undoing it myself - do I just sort of think at it?” He tries that, focusing on wanting his own Yeerk body back.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've never actually cast a Polymorph but I think -" he turns into a slug on the floor and she doesn't see much need to finish the sentence in light of that. 

She feels a flutter of anticipation or maybe fear but she scoops him up and holds him to her ear. (What's the fear. He can hardly be mad at her for running? She was going to try to scry him periodically and raise him if he were ever dead. She is upset that everybody is probably going to invade Cheliax. She knows what the people in the Chelish army are like. If not for a random twist of fate she'd be one of them. And...she doesn't really think outsiders understand Cheliax, she doesn't fully trust them to do something good with the thing they've stolen, once they've stolen it. ...Iomedae is Chelish. She still doesn't fully understand Iomedae but...but that worry in particular she probably needn't lose too much sleep over.)

 

There's also a vague sense that - everyone keeps being very Good about the power they have over her but that's not the same thing as it not being there and it's not necessarily more reassuring than being strict about it. She still has no idea what Mhalir is like when he's not desperately trying to appease a host he isn't allowed to just take, and she kind of wants to, and she kind of feels like she won't really know something important until it happens, but also she doesn't want to mess up their relationship, obviously. 

 

It would be a good time, though, for him to take over and figure out what to say to get all his people set up somewhere here because she doesn't feel like doing it at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir doesn’t much feel like doing that either but Carissa’s had a worse day than he has and they’re his people, and one of them kind of urgently needs a host, so he reluctantly takes over and forges out to find someone who looks vaguely in charge, to explain their situation and ask about accommodations for their people. 

In the background he’s thinking that he likes the dynamic he had with Carissa before, it felt - restful, like setting down one of his many burdens, and he doesn’t know how to explain.

Permalink Mark Unread

- huh. It makes sense that if he has to spend lots of time commanding people it's refreshing to not have to do that? But presumably - retracing to what she's actually confident of -

- she is not small and weak the way a Yeerk is but she is small and weak relative to a lot of the people around her lately and sometimes she wants to stop having to appease them. To just - get to do whatever she wants and know she's safe because no one can hurt her because she's stronger than them. And she would expect it to also feel like that to be Mhalir.

Permalink Mark Unread

<...Oh.>

 

 

 

 

<I had not even thought to - mark that - for all the time I have been alive, I have been small and weak and needed to accumulate resources and power in order to shape the world how I want it to be. I could have taken over if you had tried to kill yourself and me. It was restful that I did not have to.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

She would never.

This doesn't totally make her stop feeling like the other shoe will drop eventually but it's - useful, in that direction. 

 

The Church of Iomedae is recruiting people who want to go to the Yeerks and be invasively mindread a lot to help the Yeerks understand that they have prospective allies who will definitely not put up with any enslaving people. They have a couple who are maybe interested and can host Mhalir's people in the meantime. 

(Carissa is not interested. Letting hundreds of Yeerks in her head feels like - the analogy her brain is coming up with is letting hundreds of people have sex with you even though it's a dumb analogy because the only thing wrong with that is that you'll get a disease. Hopefully Mhalir is important enough that he will just be able to assert he is keeping her.)

Permalink Mark Unread

<I am definitely important enough to assert that and also your mind would not be very reassuring on that front, since - well, much of your reasoning is still very Asmodean-flavored.> He doesn't know a better way to put it. <And I think it is reasonable to find Yeerking more invasive than human sexual intercourse. Humans do not share all of each other's memories when having sex, unless that is a magic thing that exists here?> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not that she's ever heard of and it sounds horrible! Most countries have marriages as a property rights arrangement of some kind where a man acquires partial ownership of a woman and prospective offspring and in exchange the woman...doesn't get stoned to death for fucking him? She's not entirely sure what the woman gets out of it. In Cheliax marriage is still a thing but it's not a property rights thing, it's just a declaration you're really into one and, among the nobility, that your children will be considered related. 

...this seems like one of those beliefs she should actually probably check with the locals and see what their opinion on how it works in other countries is.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Parmida is not Chelish and her marriage with the wizard does not seem like that. But it had sounded like he was Chelish so maybe he imported your customs. I am not sure how long ago that would have been, he seems very old.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

He might've left during the civil war; most people who could, did, and it's the least sketchy explanation for having a Qadiran wife. (In general if a Chelish man has a Qadiran wife, he looked at the way Cheliax does marriage and decided he'd rather have the property rights thing and she thinks that's pretty sketchy of him.)

Permalink Mark Unread

<Anyway I think we should ask the locals about a number of things. This place seems like it has people from many different countries. I think that is not urgent, though. Lucia said she was talking to her superiors about something and I want to find out what and what their verdict is.> 

Mhalir's three other personnel are very relieved to be offered hosts! They're also pretty nervous about it, gods are scary and Good gods maybe especially so, but they'll accept the offer anyway, and they can follow Mhalir's protocols for friendly relations with voluntary hosts, which is basically 'let them override if they want to, unless they're about to do something extremely stupid.' 

Permalink Mark Unread

These paladins of Iomedae are not nervous about it at all because they are paladins. Their understanding of the situation is that the slug-people come from an alien world with fabulous abilities but no gods, and they might be valuable allies, but they need context on Iomedae in order to feel safe entrusting the safety of their people to her. They hope they will be a good witness for Iomedae; her teachings might be harder to appreciate if you're a slug-person because they emphasize swords a lot but it is, actually, also okay to fight evil with metaphorical swords.

Permalink Mark Unread

Estil 253 somewhat awkwardly introduces himself to one of the paladins while still in his Polymorphed human body - both of the them hated this, having no one else to talk to in your head is awful, and having your coworker in your head is better than that but so weird. 

Then he tries to think very hard that he doesn't want to be human-shaped anymore. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Amarco will pick him up and hold him up to his ear! He's thinking that he's going to be a bit late for evening chores though hopefully by the time he gets back from the space expedition everyone will have forgotten one evening of being late for chores.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow. Estil has only been in a handful of hosts, but this is so different, even the voluntary Controllers on Earth are usually nervous, or self-conscious about having their entire minds read. Also being in a new mind is always the most wonderful thing, spreading out and everything being new and bright and fascinating and he explores half a dozen threads of it at once - 

- maybe he should focus on the part about Iomedae, what's the deal with Iomedae according to this guy who works for Her. He has pretty limited context on the gods at all, mostly just talking to the Yeerk who had the cleric host up on the ship, and Iomedae sounds way more into swords than Sarenrae which is alarming. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae is into defeating Evil. Evil takes many forms, such as the orcs who overrun and pillage villages in Lastwall if the border patrols aren't vigilant, and the vampires of Ustalav who chew through the locals for the blood they love drinking, or the demons pouring out of the Worldwound, or the devils ruling Cheliax.  You do have to prioritize but the end goal here is to defeat all of the Evil. Sarenrae believes that all evildoers have a spark of good in them and can be redeemed; Iomedae doesn't disagree on this, exactly, it's a matter of emphasis, but it is definitely not her emphasis. The vampires probably have a spark of good in them but the villagers have way more sparks of good in them if you don't drink their blood, y'know?

Amarco wonders if it's okay if he goes to chores while his Yeerk looks at stuff, or whether that will be distracting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Estil would be delighted to watch him do chores too! Most Yeerks like doing things in bodies, and riding along watching someone else do the things and getting the sensory experience of it is almost as good as doing it. 

He's a bit surprised that Iomedae would side with the Yeerks and not the Andalites? He doesn't think Yeerks are inherently awful and obviously much worse than Andalites but it's certainly seemed like the rest of the galaxy thinks so. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In general the right side of random wars to be on is the side of there not being a war, because wars strengthen evil on every side of them. It would be pretty surprising if Iomedae wanted her soldiers to shoot at Andalite ships or burn down Andalite bridges but it doesn't seem very surprising that she wants them to go evangelize. Why do people think Yeerks are inherently awful?

Permalink Mark Unread

Estil has some trouble explaining that, actually. They just do? With the Andalites it's probably because they think the Yeerks killed Seerow after he gave them technology out of the kindness of his heart - he thinks they must've tried to send a message saying what had really happened but obviously no one believed it. Also Andalites just seem to inherently hate hate hate the idea of a creature that goes in your head and reads your mind and uses your body. Taxxons don't hate Yeerks and in fact find them really helpful - he had a Taxxon as his first host, he didn't like it because constantly using his willpower to restrain the hunger was tiring, but his host was friendly with him. He feels like the Andalites also hate Taxxons for being gross giant cannibal worms, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Amarco is going to catch up to his cohort mucking out the stables and murmur apologetically and join them. They sing hymns while they work, sometimes.

 

That description of the Andalites makes them just sound...racist? Which isn't rare or anything but it is really not the most sympathetic of motives. Maybe all Taxxons are chaotic evil because of the cannibal wormness and the Andalites think it's okay to kill anything that's chaotic evil, which is admittedly a stance that some paladin orders take. (The official stance of the church of Iomedae is that 'killing generally evil people' is not an acceptable mission objective, though sometimes you have mission objectives which cannot be achieved without killing evil people, like if they're invading and your mission objective is to stop them.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Estil doesn't think the Andalites have any idea if Taxxons are chaotic evil, since no one has ever heard of alignments before now! He's really curious, actually, if they're bringing some clerics back with them, whether they can do the detecting alignment thingy and what the balance will be. Hork-Bajirs seem very not evil, even though they're covering in giant spikes, they tend to be really gentle and sweet as people. Also so dumb, no offence to them.

Estil feels a bit like Mhalir's stance on the whole involuntary hosts thing is like Iomedae's stance on murdering people? He thinks it's bad, and someday when they have more wiggle room they won't do it anymore, but he also thought it could be justified as a temporary measure in extreme circumstances. He's definitely more strongly against it than the Yeerk Council right now, except for that one Yeerk he gets along better with. He's really mad about how the invasion on Earth is being handled, he thinks they could be laying a lot more careful groundwork for most of the five billion hoped-for eventual hosts to be voluntary and instead Visser One is being sloppy about that even though she's also kind of against involuntary Controllers. (Mostly Estil thinks Mhalir is more pragmatic and willing to see propaganda and manipulation as at least better than kidnapping people, and also he thinks ahead more.)

He thinks it'd be really nice if they ended up winning the war and only having hosts who wanted Yeerks. It's just very socially awkward sharing a head with someone who shouts at you a lot. One of the Yeerks who'd been on Earth for a while brought back a collection of all the various human insults that his pool-mates there had heard from their hosts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

You really really shouldn't enslave people! It's an intensely awful thing to do! They've rescued former slaves, sometimes, and they're - hollowed out, deeply traumatized, having painfully unlearned lots of the basic things you need to believe in order to feel safe in the world. It's not surprising that some Yeerks think it's okay, some humans do too, because some people don't actually mind doing awful things to other people, but it's awful. Presumably it has been communicated that the Church of Iomedae will not help people take or keep slaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh, he hadn't really thought about that. Somehow he'd been imagining they would win the war and then tell all the involuntary and semi-voluntary hosts that they could stop having Yeerks if they wanted - he was kind of worried this would be nine-tenths of all the Earth humans and suddenly billions of Yeerks would be waiting host-less in pools, he's wondered if that's a reason Mhalir wanted to go a less involuntary route. Anyway, he'd been picturing the hosts just - being fine? Are people not fine when they get freed after having been not-free for a while? That's kind of a horrible thing to learn about the world, actually, it's very upsetting! 

Permalink Mark Unread

No! They're definitely not! Being enslaved is really bad for people for the rest of their lives and a long time after that! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay if that's true he will grudgingly admit that maaaaybe the Andalites have any amount of a point about Yeerks taking involuntary hosts being comparably bad to murdering people - in a place, he reminds her, where as far as anyone knows there are no gods and dead people just cease existing. He's always thought that seemed obviously wrong, but... Actually Andalites think being Yeerked is a lot worse than death, which is why they bioweaponed an entire planet of Hork-Bajir about it. (It's upsetting every time he thinks about it, the poor things, they didn't even know what was happening. Estil likes Hork-Bajir, he hasn't had one as a host himself but he's heard what they're like, even the involuntary hosts are apparently pretty nice to hang out with.) He's always felt like Alloran kind of deserved to be captured and used by Mhalir because who was he to talk about doing horrible things in wartime, but - maybe he should be less mad at Alloran about it than he is? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, murdering an entire planet of people is also incredibly evil! Amarco is so concerned for these poor people who have no detect alignment and just have to go off their best guesses about which things are evil. Murdering people to prevent them from being slaves is definitely not an okay mission objective. Murdering people because they are slaves also isn't! ...murdering people because they are slaves and actively trying to kill you while they are enslaved is but it sounds like that's not what was going on? 

Suicide is evil because you are supposed to do as much good as you can in this life. Taking on incredibly dangerous assignments is allowed, though, if you don't want to take very long about doing as much good as you can in this life.

Permalink Mark Unread

To be fair the Andalites probably did it because they were afraid that if they didn't they would end up in a situation where all the Hork-Bajir were enslaved and being forced by their Yeerks to kill all the Andalites and then the Yeerks would win and enslave everyone in the entire galaxy forever. Which - he supposes is plausibly bad enough that someone like Mhalir would be that ruthless about stopping it. This wasn't ever the plan but it seems like most of the war is because the Andalites and Yeerks mostly can't communicate things like that even though Mhalir at least was trying really hard to for a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well maybe then the plan is to convince the Yeerks to stop enslaving people and then tell the Andalites this is done and maybe they'll stop wanting to fight the Yeerks since the Yeerks stopped doing the thing they wanted to fight them about.

 

They finish the stables and go to dinner and say a prayer asking that their meal give them the strength to defeat Evil and then they gossip about the aliens. Amarco, because he has one, has an advantage at gossiping. Everyone has lots of questions for Estil. Do Yeerks just not know of any gods? Does that make them sad? What do Yeerks who particularly want to improve the world do?

Permalink Mark Unread

Estil never thought about whether he was sad there weren't gods. They've heard claims about gods? The Andalites claim a god gave them thoughtspeech and maybe some of their technology too, which - sounds less implausible now than it did the first time he heard it. 

He's not sure it's a very good time to be a Yeerk if you care about improving the world? Mostly the world seems really terrible and like it won't start getting better for a long long time and that's mostly not under his control. He thinks that when their people met Seerow was a good time to be a Yeerk who wanted to improve the world, because then you'd be one of the Yeerks who worked closely with Seerow, like Mhalir. Estil himself is way younger than Mhalir, he's, like, sixteen in Earth years, he only got the position on Mhalir's ship because he's an unusually good pilot. All he's ever known is being at war. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The paladins mostly find this relatable. They share war stories from their world, which also has wars all of the time. There are still chances to improve the world, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Estil finds this really helpful, actually! He's decided he likes Amarco. He hopes Amarco finds him at least tolerable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Amarco feels very badly for Estil and hopes that the church can help teach people about Good. It is not their core competency but it does seem like a valuable thing to do. He figures he should probably get more context from his higher-ups after dinner, and takes them off to do that. 

 

His higher-ups have apparently been talking for the last four hours and used the spell Commune twice. They explain that this is very confidential but the Yeerks offered to help fight Hell. They're hoping that they can end the war bloodlessly once the Yeerks stop enslaving people. The Church of Abadar is apparently interested in hosting talks between Yeerks and Andalites and might also want to send some people along so the Yeerks can read them; there are Andalites in Sothis for some reason (??) and they are optimistic that Andalite command will agree to stop the war if they learn that Iomedae has secured an agreement with the Yeerks to free all the slaves. Everything is top secret because they're worried Hell will move if they realize the church of Iomedae has secured these resources.  Amarco is, to be clear, not to do any actual waging of war while he's there; he should just let people see where Iomedae is coming from (and let Iomedae get a good look at them through him, this goes unsaid but he understands it.)

Should we go report this to your command now? Amarco thinks at Estil.

Permalink Mark Unread

<We should go check with Mhalir if we are ready to do that.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir needs to retrieve his shuttle from Mysterious Old Wizard and then he thinks they're ready to go. (He doesn't feel ready but that's kind of irrelevant to anything, right now. And he has Carissa back, at least. That makes things feel vaguely more doable.) 

He asks if anyone in Vigil can do a Sending to the wizard to ask what he did with the shuttle. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's behind Malduoni's office building. Ideally someone would Teleport over to fly it back and collect the others? Unless someone has a Teleport limit that can get everyone at once. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Estil would be delighted to be Teleported back and then if Amarco is all right with it, he can show off how to FLY a SHUTTLE to SPACE!

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to talk to Lucia Ines first, if she is available," Mhalir says to whoever's closest by. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's available.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is oddly terrifying! 

"I - have been thinking about whether I also want an Atonement," he says. "I think - not now - but maybe after we get back. If we succeed at convincing my people of our plan. Carissa thinks I need to have the right thoughts for it to work and I - wanted to know what those are, so I can," vague gesture, "practice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So - Good is big, right? There are a thousand different angles on it. You can be Good by quietly adopting and raising eight of your sister's children when she dies of the plague, you can be Good by teaching everyone in your village how to fight wolves off, you can be Good by writing essays, you can be Good by marrying a powerful man and giving him wise advice, you can be Good by feeding every beggar you see or by opening a soup kitchen so there's not beggars or by travelling the world asking beggars what their lives are like or by writing people asking them how their city reduces its beggar population and then doing the best things you hear of. There are a lot of thoughts you could think that are Good."

Permalink Mark Unread

(The thing Carissa was actually thinking about, during her Atonement, was that these people were very strange and she was not at all sure they had good ideas and she might well decide she wanted nothing to do with any of them...and they were fine with that. Mhalir, letting Alloran go because he thought if Alloran really became Good he'd cease to want Mhalir to die. The cleric, correcting her about what they believed, saying over and over again 'it's complicated, it's very hard, people have to be ready to fall out of it'...

 

Good believed that if she got to think about everything she'd be Good.

Asmodeus....observably didn't believe that if she got to think about everything she'd be Asmodean. 

Good might be wrong. Probably was wrong. Most people are wrong all the time about everything. But there was more space for her in Good than in Cheliax, even though she was nine parts Asmodean to every one part Good, because Asmodeanism was sure the Good would taint her.)

Permalink Mark Unread

That rings true for Mhalir. The sense he's been grasping at of Good, for himself, is kind of in two parts. One, the thing about strategies being robust to making mistakes. Because he's demonstrably not skilled enough to avoid making mistakes. Two, Good is - the shape someone like him can afford to be when he has space for it? Even from the first conversation with the cleric of Sarenrae, he remembers that feeling of - recognizing a possible world that was better because he wouldn't be so hemmed in, because he would have slack to choose paths with a lower cost. Because, maybe, this world is offering him allies if and only if he follows their rules, and somehow, right now, that feels like the opposite of a constraint. It feels like a tunnel opening ahead of him into light. It feels like freedom. 

He's not sure if any of that makes sense to Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sort of. Carissa - doesn't actually think that Good is the shape someone like her would naturally be if you didn't put her under any pressure. But it has option value and she really really likes option value and maybe once she's heard a hundred confusing explanations of what Good people value she'll run into one that clicks. It sort of works to think about how people should get to be wizards and shouldn't stop existing. She still can't get worked up about whether they're hungry but they should exist and be wizards, there's that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Atonement requires wishing you had done something differently. It doesn't have to be something you easily could have done differently, you can Atone for having killed someone in self-defense while also not wishing they'd killed you instead. But you do want a different attitude towards it than 'well, I was doing my best'. I think it often works well to be sad that it was your best, to wish you had a better best, but the details are going to depend on - what Good is, to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I will think about it." He bows his head, well, Carissa's head but it's very obvious from the body language that it's not her speaking. "Thank you for your advice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Godspeed."

Permalink Mark Unread

And once the shuttle has been retrieved from the mysterious ninth-circle wizard, they can depart to rendezvous with the ship in orbit and - try to explain some of what they've missed, all they know is that they suddenly lost contact with Mhalir and then he sent a message hours later saying he was fine and it was complicated. 

Mhalir explains the basic events that happened to them, tersely, and then glances over at Amarco and asks if he can explain the Iomedae-related part. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can! Iomedae is the Lawful Good god of defeating Evil, and She along with several other gods want to get the Yeerks to stop enslaving people and the Yeerk and Andalite war to be concluded without more pointless bloodshed. They expect they can make things much better for the Yeerks, but they also expect that this will be confusing and scary, so they are sending people who can hopefully be infested and help explain it. The Church of Abadar might want to do this too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

People...are not really sure what to make of that. It seems like it might be hard to persuade the Yeerk Council of this and even harder to persuade the Andalites of it? But they're mostly looking at the Visser and he's nodding along so probably he has a plan or something. 

Eventually someone asks what Abadar is like. They know he's Lawful Neutral but they don't really know what that means. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The paladins are not an expert on the church of Abadar but he goes in really really really hard on the Law thing. Iomedae is lawful; she keeps her word and her servants do, and she tries very hard to be possible to coordinate with and truthworthy even when she has short-term goals that might benefit from being less trustworthy. But the main thing she is is Good and trying to fight Evil. Abadar is just...exclusively interested in Law. Positive sum interactions and negotiating across large value differences and trade and cooperation. He's probably good for coming to an agreement and He'll be incredibly dangerous to anyone who breaks it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is thinking that this is interesting and also pretty terrifying and he doesn't feel nearly experienced enough at operating in the world to safely try to make trades with an entity like that. 

The ship reaches jump distance and Mhalir gives the order to jump back to Yeerk space. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The jump is uneventful. Carissa is kind of nervous. She's mostly been thinking of Mhalir as Mhalir not as a high-ranking person in the Yeerk government and she expects the Yeerk government to mostly be like the Chelish government more than she expects individual people to be Asmodeans. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir isn't sure what he could say to be reassuring, here, so he doesn't. 

He's realizing that he didn't think at all about what message to transmit once they arrived. But they're at their original departure point - it didn't seem worth risking doing the experimental kind of hyperspace jump plus adding on going to new coordinates - and so now they need to do a regular hyperspace trip to the Council's secret base, and there's a courier ship waiting there for them still, which is a lot faster than their ship, probably he should - tell them to inform the Council he has important news for them and is en route - and he can figure out the rest on the way. 

He does that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa tries to focus on magic; she can hold an illusion and vary it while not otherwise piloting her body, so she can get at least a little done even while Mhalir is using it. She is distractible, though.

 

They won't kill her; that'd be stupid. They will probably be pleased with Mhalir about returning wildly more powerful and with a plan to end the war. ...unless they secretly prefer that there be a war so they can maintain their hold on power, and killed the other slaves and will kill them too to keep the secret. ...or if they are excited about this outcome but want to claim the credit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir can at least reassure her that he is pretty sure the Council doesn't secretly prefer that there be a war so they can maintain their power! The war is really incredibly bad and costing them massive resources and he doesn't entirely get along with many of the Yeerks in leadership but they're not like that. He doesn't think he would have managed to make it as far as Visser if they were, he's not actually good at that kind of politics, the way Carissa thinks about it makes him dizzy. 

He does think they'll be some irritating wrangling for credit, which they'll have to bear with, and that people will be concerned that whatever outcome Iomedae is willing to accept is still too restrictive for the Yeerks to live with. But he thinks they can do it. Hopes so, anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Will they have mindreaders? Leerans can do that, right? Do amulets of Nondetection work on Leerans? Presumably her hair will not. Is there anything she should keep in mind about what to be thinking about? Is it dangerous for her to mindread them? She knows how to extend spells now and can by burning pearls of power and using all her third-level spell slots do it for two hours a day. She should really make an item so she has it ongoingly, which would also make it slightly less of a hostile move to read them. What will they want done with her while he's in the Pool. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leerans can mindread but only at a range of a couple of yards and they look like this, pretty distinctive, and Yeerk illusion tech is bulky and he knows where they will and won't have it, so if it's in a place they don't and she has more clearance than that in the room around her, she's almost certainly not being mindread by a Leeran. He doesn't have the faintest idea how Leeran mindreading would interact with magic, he didn't have a chance to test it much while he had morph and he does not, currently, have morph. (He's sad about that although obviously it was not by itself a sufficient reason to hold onto Alloran and he gets along with Carissa so much better.) He doubts it'd be dangerous for her to mindread them? He doesn't know if there'll actually be any Leeran controllers on-site, though, they're aquatic so travel is inconvenient for them. 

She's a voluntary host and so the standard protocol applies, she won't be allowed to leave planetside while he's in the pool but she won't be locked in a cage or anything, on his last trip the Council secret base had a nice room and sitting area for the hosts to wait in and amuse themselves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can teleport but if they are willing to let her stay in the nice room and sitting area she will not, in fact, escape. Without a really good reason that she doesn't at present have, anyway.

 

She has more fretful questions. Can she read the Council's minds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly Mhalir is fine with that. He doubts they'd think to ask one of the clerics for truth spells and question her about it, since both sneaky mindreading and truth magic are new to them, and if they do for some reason he can come up with an explanation for it, and he's very curious what they're thinking, it seems useful to know given the stakes of the situation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is very generous and she appreciates it and remains sort of the slightest bit freaked out by it.

 

She prepares some extended Detect Thoughts and does it before they go in to meet the Council.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir has by now prepared a summary of the situation that, without actually literally lying, makes it sound a lot less like he's very incompetent and a lot more like he was planning this the entire time. He explains that Golarion has some extremely powerful alien entities they refer to as 'gods', which can form telepathic relationships with the local humans and give them 'magic', and the gods have goals that sort roughly into these alignments, he's made a chart. Here are the reasons he does not want to ally with Asmodeus, #1, he will want all the Yeerk souls in his extraplanar afterlife and will torture them, can we agree on not that. Here is what he knows about Iomedae and why he expects Her to keep her word and not be biased toward the Andalites over the Yeerks, She wants the Yeerks to stop enslaving people but most Yeerks disprefer involuntary hosts anyway, and She also wants the Andalites to stop murdering people and finds war distasteful in general. She sent some of her people as voluntary hosts and they're willing to rotate with other Yeerks as well so they can check for themselves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa takes turns mindreading everybody and doesn't say anything so as not to distract him. She keeps wanting to fidget, probably out of nervousness. She does not try; probably he wouldn't let her but he might feel bad about it and it might freak her out despite being predictable. 

 

How's the Council taking it?

Permalink Mark Unread

They have so many questions for Mhalir and there are many different feelings, including suspicion, but none of them are plotting assassinations right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He answers their questions patiently and thoroughly and spends the entire time wishing it would stop already. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry, she thinks at him afterwards. I'm an idiot - there's magic for this - for making politics go well, I mean - I don't know any details but I know it exists and I should've thought of it before we jumped. We can grab it when we go back. There's things for - sensing how people are taking what you're saying and being persuasive and probably other political skills I don't know much about. She still feels very silly for not thinking of it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

<What, really? How does that work? Surely 'politics' is not a fundamental subdomain of reality and causing it to go well is not easy to specify!> 

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, causing you to talk people into doing what you want, whether that's a good idea or not you've still got to figure out by yourself. It's charisma, not intelligence, and I don't wanna swap headbands but we could get an ioun stone for it and maybe once I've gotten good at putting two spells in the same item we can have charisma too. Though she actually tried on a sorcerer's headband, once, at the Worldwound, because she was curious, and it seemed to mostly make her more memorable and attention-getting so she was not a huge fan of it. I think it functions mostly by - you know how sometimes you have a conversation and then an hour later you think of the perfect thing to say? Instead of that you just think of the perfect thing to say.

Permalink Mark Unread

<...I somewhat dislike the idea of - being more able to talk people into what I want regardless of whether it is a good idea, because apparently I sometimes have bad ideas. I can see why it might be justified in very fraught situations, though, and I do think I have more context on the correct choices here and more time to have thought it through than the Council.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure you being more persuasive earlier would've hurt either! It might not have helped but I can't think of anything where anyone you were talking to was - better off not listening to you.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Maybe.> He's so tired and it leaks through in his thoughts to her. It turns out that the world ceasing to make sense and changing his mind about everything he thought he understood repeatedly is exhausting and he hopes that someday it's going to stop. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She remembers the feeling though she isn't feeling it right now, mostly just paranoia about the politics. Cheliax went through six kings and queens in the last three decades. You have to be really really paranoid to not fuck up at politics. 

 

She vaguely wants to give Mhalir a hug, which is dumb, he is her. Does technology do really nice hot baths. 

Permalink Mark Unread

<Oh! Yes, it does.> Mhalir has literally never that he can remember sought out a nice technology-enabled sensory experience - mostly because doing that with Alloran would be entirely swamped by the misery, why would he bother, why try to pretend he's being kind to his involuntary prisoner in any way - but he's suddenly feeling very pleased and proud about showing off local amenities to Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hot baths are great. She is probably richer than the King of Cheliax. She is probably richer than Abadar's god-king in Osirion. ...though apparently he has Andalite buddies so maybe not. Where could he possibly have gotten Andalite buddies.

Permalink Mark Unread

<I am very confused about that! In hindsight I wonder if the old wizard learned of us because the cleric of Abadar tattled. He might have...read Alloran's mind or something? And then Abadar would know. Are gods here powerful enough to go find aliens if they want to?>

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not sure! Gods can do lots of things but there are all kinds of balance-of-power agreements about their activities on the Material Plane. There is a ridiculously powerful mystic theurge of Nethys in Sothis. Maybe she has something to do with it. Unfortunately Sothis is hard to scry so they're probably not going to be able to learn much about it, unless they want to use Carissa's hair and the fact they can cheat Truth Spells by changing who controls the body...this is an incredibly dumb plan but she's entertained anyway, imagining how she'd try it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is also entertained. He likes Carissa's planning. 

<What is Nethys like?> he asks her. <...I suppose I will have to take the Asmodean explanation with a grain of salt and perhaps I had better ask one of the clerics of Iomedae as well to compare.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet we weren't misled about that one. Neutral god of pure magic. People say he knows everything but it doesn't matter much since he doesn't do many things. You're allowed to worship Him in Cheliax if you want to, though you can die for it if they decide you're primarily worshipping Him above Asmodeus. He's one of the least human gods. Legend has it He tried appointing a follower pharaoh of Osirion once, and then gave the follower visions of the true nature of reality, which promptly drove him mad and he tried to burn down the whole country. I don't know anything about His mystic theurge but it was covered in a class on kinds of wizard that there are. She's a ninth-circle cleric of Nethys and a seventh-circle wizard and she can mix and match divine and arcane spells depending what she wants that day and she can cast two spells at the same time. She once did a contingency and a true resurrection simultaneously, working one with each hand, for a show. She is incredibly jealous.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir knows enough about magic from Carissa to get why she's incredibly jealous! <Aww. I am a little disappointed that apparently the true nature of reality drives one mad, I wanted to know it.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, maybe it only drives humans mad. 

Permalink Mark Unread

<Hmm. I do not really want to be the first nonhuman to test it.> 

He relaxes into the hot bath and thinks random formless thoughts about Good and Evil and Law and how he's tired.

The next morning they can do more meetings and conversations between the Yeerks who have clerics of Iomedae as hosts and other Yeerks, and logistics for arranging which Yeerks will trade places with those Yeerks to learn things about Iomedae. It - seems to go fine? The Council isn't yet convinced that they should agree to a formal alliance with Iomedae but they're not exactly doubting Mhalir. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She mindreads. It is - weird, and a tiny bit disorienting, the way every mind she reads is looking at her and seeing Mhalir. It makes sense since he's doing all the talking and moving.

 

 

It is not relaxing at all that no one seems to be plotting any intrigue because it just makes her worry she's missing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir tells her that he's not sure Yeerks do a lot of intrigue the way that apparently politicians in Cheliax do? They're very - young as a species, in a sense, a century ago they didn't even have writing. They have irritating political dynamics but, in his experience, not incredibly subtle ones. It's possible that's just because he's missing all of those, but he's as old as most of the Yeerks on the Council and he doesn't think he's that oblivious. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't really think of 'you try to discredit and kill your political opponents, you try to make your allies look good, you try to appear dangerous' as the kind of thing you invent but - maybe it is, sort of. Certainly there's going to be less mind-control involved here. 

This doesn't quite get her to stop worrying either.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Yeerk Council is kind of distrustful of Iomedae's people, but not nearly as much as they would be of Andalites, and they do seem very impressed by Mhalir's voluntary wizard host and more inclined to listen to him as a result.

After several days of various important Yeerks taking turns with the volunteered clerics, the Council declares that they're willing to agree to work with Iomedae, and are willing to negotiate some specifics of what counts as a voluntary versus involuntary host, they unsurprising have...kind of a different background, for thinking about this. 

They're not sure what comes next? Is Iomedae going to fight the Andalites for them? Talk to them? Stick them in a room together and use alignment detection and truth magic to make them talk to each other? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is also not sure of this and he's unclear if the clerics who were sent know either but he can ask. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Their best guess is that Iomedae is going to send her herald to the Andalites to explain the situation. From there it will depend how they respond. If they seem at all possible to reason with, which She seems to consider likely, they'll set up talks in Golarion, probably with Abadar enforcing things because everyone knows that Abadar will absolutely turn on whichever side breaks the agreement, he's Neutral not Good that way. If instead they refuse to stop fighting the Yeerks, She might make a bunch of Yeerk clerics or redirect some of Her armies here, and get started on ensuring the Andalites cannot continue to pursue the war. Magic probably makes it easy to break all their spaceships. 

She will probably not directly personally intervene unless the Andalites are planning to kill another planet or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are pretty confused by multiple aspects of that! Mhalir does his best to answer their questions or direct them to the clerics and eveeeentually the Yeerk Council is willing to agree to stop taking involuntary Controllers - they'll implement that now - and free the existing ones. For that they want to wait until they've heard something definitive back from the Andalites, since it'll require redirecting a lot of their logistics.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense! Also they'll probably be traumatized and need a lot of help to recover and Nirvana might be willing to help with that, they can ask about it when they go back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir encourages them very firmly to accept that help if it's offered. The Council is slightly confused at his level of insistence but agrees. 

And eventually they've talked through all the things and it's agreed upon that Mhalir should go back to Golarion as their representative there and figure out what the deal is with Abadar. Mhalir is pleased with this because he wants Carissa to stop being stressed about politics. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is pleased about this too! She doesn't know much about Abadar aside from that Osirion isn't as nice as Cheliax which come to think of it is also something she should check with neutral people.

Permalink Mark Unread

<I think maybe we should try to talk to clerics of all the Good and Neutral gods and - maybe some of the Evil gods other than Asmodeus too, I have no idea what their temples are like and it seems helpful to have as many different viewpoints of this as possible. Probably none of them is the complete truth but they will help us triangulate it.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. And maybe there's a god out there who doesn't make her really scared of what they're going to do with Cheliax if they have the power. She is very skeptical but it's worth a look.

Permalink Mark Unread

They've figured out the coordinates to attempt a hyperspace jump direction from the Council planet to Golarion, and are pretty sure it'll work, and they pack up to return to the ship. Presumably the clerics of Iomedae are coming back with them? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Paladins. Technically. Iomedae also has clerics but most of the people you get as volunteers for billion-mile journeys to be mindread by space aliens will be paladins. 

They are ready to go! They have spent the whole time sincerely thinking at the Yeerks that obviously they will defend them against getting murdered but also they absolutely must stop enslaving people, it is so Evil.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is slightly confused about the distinction between clerics and paladins but it doesn't seem like the most important thing right now. 

They make it back to the ship and jump back to the Golarion star system and head toward the planet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's so pretty from space. She wants to go check out the other planets and see if they have a different magic system but she's not high-level enough for this to be safe at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Maybe someday. I am also very curious.> Pause. <I remember the first time I saw our home planet from space. With Seerow. It was through a Gedd's eyes and their color vision is not as good as what humans have> much less Andalites, he still misses having 360-degree vision, <but still... It felt like it changed everything.> 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa can Beast Shape to Andalite for a couple of minutes at a time, these days, if he wants it. And maybe once they're not at war they can trade for the technology polymorph, which seems awfully useful for Yeerks.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be a shocking swerve of Andalite policy, sharing morph with Yeerks, but very surprising things keep happening so who knows? 

The ship reaches orbit and Iomedae's paladins can be shuttled back to Vigil, dropping off their Yeerks in the pool on the ship unless they actively prefer to keep them, and then Mhalir regroups with his people and - should they go to Osirion next? Probably they should send a message ahead or something but he has no idea what the protocols for that are. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa knows almost nothing about Osirian politics except that (according to Chelish geography lessons, and the questioning she got in shops in Sothis) they won't super think she's a person. Maybe they will consider her adequately supervised because Mhalir seems to identify himself as a himself even though she's not clear on whether that corresponds to the things humans think make a person a man or a woman. Probably the thing to do is to go to the Church of Abadar in Sothis.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then once the shuttle is back they can do that! 

Mhalir is back to feeling kind of unmoored, like none of the pieces of the world will hold still for him, but the feeling isn't actually preventing him from taking actions, so he ignores it. Possibly it's preventing him from being able to tell which actions are reasonable or correct ones, but - well, that seems like a decent time to lean on Good instead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What are we asking the Church of Abadar. Hi, we heard Abadar maybe wants to mediate an aliens dispute, how do we learn more?

Permalink Mark Unread

<I do not have a more specific question than that, anyway. I want to know what Abadar's interests in this are. Also why there are Andalites in Sothis but that is a different question.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay." She could Alter Self male but she actually wants to know how they'll react to her as she is. 

 

She walks into the temple. There's a greeter, a kid in not-perfectly-fitted robes. In Cheliax children go to school up through that age, but nowhere else in the world educates all its children for free. 

             "Can I direct you to someone?" he says. 

"The Church of Iomedae says that Abadar might want to mediate a dispute with some people from another planet we are fighting a war with. I was wondering how we can learn more about that. Also what the faith of Abadar is, uh, about."

             "Do you want to sign up for any of our classes?"

"What do you have classes on?"

             "Law, trade, prices, marriage, motherhood, the history of invention, the history of Osirion, the history of Axis. They rotate, we're in the middle of the one on marriage right now."

"What do men take instead of motherhood."

              "Insurance."

"Are the classes the - recommended way to learn what Abadar is about, is there anyone around who can give us a five minute version and then answer questions?"

              "You could hire a private tutor."

"How much is that."

             "A gold for an hour, if you want someone chosen by Abadar."

"How much if I want someone very important chosen by Abadar - fifth circle or something -" That's what Iomedae sent them so it only feels fair. 

            He consults some notes. "A hundred fifteen for an hour."

"I'll do that. Who decides how much it is?"

             "They - tell us how much they'd want to be paid to do it, and then the lowest bid is the price I quote you. Some places are trialling complicated rules so there's not an incentive to undercut your colleagues by one silver or something."

"So they had happened to already be asked the question of the price for an hour of their time tutoring? What if I'd asked for something they don't have quotes for?"

             "Then you'd have to pay for five minutes of their time to consider your question and give you a quote."

"Can I pay for the pharaoh's time this way?" 

             "...it would probably be very very expensive."

"Can I pay for Abadar's time this way?"

            "The pharaoh is Abadar's human aspect. There is more to Abadar but you can't - talk to it, the part of Abadar that'd understand you or be able to make you understand it is manifested on Golarion as the pharaoh."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's an intriguing way to run a country, if this is actually representative of how things work in Osirion more broadly! 

<Is there something you wanted to ask the pharaoh about?> he asks Carissa. He feels a lot of apprehension at interacting directly with an aspect of a god. He doesn't know that he wants that much of Abadar's attention on him, Lawful Neutral or not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There is not! It seems pretty dangerous! Also he has a harem of hundreds of slaves and what if he decides they are interesting and should join it. They are going nowhere near the pharaoh. She was just idly curious if it is in fact like this all the way to the top. 

 

She pays a hundred and fifteen gold for the consult with a cleric, though. "When will they be available?"

"I will go check that and get back to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Thank you for handling that. They seem to be treating you respectfully even though you are a woman?> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. She is prickly about taking motherhood class instead of insurance class but objectively that's being awfully picky, before her life got really weird motherhood was in fact more likely to be relevant to it than insurance. (When she got out of the army she would probably have moved back to Corentyn and opened a magic shop and had kids once they announced the incentives.)

 

She waits and eventually gets told that her advice session can happen at the sixteenth bell and says she'll come back then. What do you want to do in the meantime? 

Permalink Mark Unread

<We could walk around and look at things, I suppose? ...Is casting Detect Thoughts on random people legal here, that would be a good way to learn more about what living in Osirion is actually like for ordinary people, compared to Cheliax.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Most places don't ban divinations but she can also ask at the temple about local laws. She does this. Osirion in fact bans enchantments but not divinations, like most places. 

(Cheliax treats enchantments as a grievance you can bring to court, which means it's not illegal, which would damage everyone's Law, but if someone catches you at it they can bring a case against you for it, so you should only do it to people if you're sure you can get away with it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir feels a little bit that if you're using workarounds like that to avoid people losing Law points, then maybe Cheliax is...not actually that Lawful? He's confused about the exact bounds of how Pharasma judges Lawfulness, though, and how much overlap there would be between that and his own internal sense of what the concept ought to mean. Having important concepts like that decided upon by powerful alien entities like the Golarion gods is a bit unsettling, actually. He feels very strongly that his values are his and not him choosing to follow one powerful alien entity rather than another. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She thinks it's a meaningful distinction? Osirion is telling people that part of being a cooperative functioning member of Osirion society is not doing enchantments (except under the various circumstances where offensive use of magic is justified, like if they're attacking you or robbing you or something.) So part of the expectations Osirians are supposed to have about the kind of society that they live in is that no one will use enchantments and if they do they'll be punished. This is not the only kind of expectations a society can set up, but it ought to make sure everyone is in fact on the same page and has the same set of assumptions. it's fine to either have streets that prohibit wagons or not have streets that prohibit wagons; Law is just about caring that everyone knows whether the streets prohibit wagons and is motivated to comply. 

Cheliax is aiming for a different set of expectations but they're still widely known and the courts will do a predictable and consistent thing about cases brought to them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. He - can see that, that the predictability and consistency is a lot of what matters. Maybe this is a him thing; maybe it's that the law being determined by what you're strong enough to get away with feels - very bad - to him, the same way that, looking back on the last decades, the world he thought he was in - where the Yeerks could only ever have good things if they were powerful enough to impose that on the universe themselves - feels like a very bad one.

Also it seems like he was wrong about being in that world - maybe? Or maybe their alliance with Iomedae is really just an extension of that, finding a sufficiently powerful alien whose goal for there to not be a war is strong enough that She's willing to impose that Herself. Except he can't imagine any of Iomedae's followers phrasing it that way, it feels deeply misaligned with how people talk about Good - 

- and he's tired and confused and obscurely in pain all the time, and nothing makes sense and he no longer feels like he can trust that his decisions are the right ones, but he thinks the rest of the Yeerk leadership are even less well-placed to have good judgement on this, and so it's still on him... 

Permalink Mark Unread

The way Good people think about Good still doesn't quite connect for her. 


They could try praying to Iomedae, she thinks that's what you're supposed to do and it might work now that she's Lawful Neutral instead of Lawful Evil. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is deeply unsure what's supposed to happen when you pray to a god, if you're not a cleric who does it to get spells. Also he's Neutral Evil still which makes it sound like he definitely can't talk to Iomedae, although he supposes that if Carissa does then he'll see it anyway. 

- and even though it seems not-entirely-unrelated to the thing where seeing the true nature of reality drives people mad, he...does want to hear Iomedae's values as explained by Iomedae, not filtered through the humans who work for her? Maybe it won't make sense to him, but it also feels possible it'll make more sense. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's not going to be a church in Sothis but they could go on over to Absalom? She thinks that praying is more likely to be heard if you are in a church, though she doesn't know for sure. She is pretty sure gods usually don't bother with their followers' prayers but Iomedae has already directly intervened in this situation, so it might be more likely.

Permalink Mark Unread

If she has enough Teleports and it won't make them miss their cleric appointment here, that seems reasonable - or he supposes they can always buy a scroll there, since the Yeerks are by Golarion standards vastly wealthy and the ship is back to mining gold and spellsilver and various other elements from asteroids during its downtime. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She only has Dimension Door since she is still not a very powerful wizard (and she haaaaaaaates it, she wants to be ninth circle and Plane Shift kidnap people into her specialized demiplane that does something she thought was widely understood to be impossible to do) but they can buy a scroll. 

 

The seller asks if she's married. She says that she is not. He looks pityingly at her but sells her the scroll. "If I were married, would you not sell it?"

         "We need your husband for purchases over 10gp. He can leave his signature on file."

"Mmmm."

And they go to Absalom.

The Church of the Inheritor is a sturdy stone building with arrow slits, though it's hard to imagine under what circumstances they'd be besieged in Absalom. She goes in and finds a unoccupied corner and looks around to see what other people are doing. They are mostly kneeling with their sword before them and a holy symbol hanging from it, eyes closed. She doesn't have a holy symbol and she doesn't have a sword, but she can kneel. 

She hasn't done this since she was Asmodean. 

 

If there is the potential in me to be an instrument of your will, she thinks, help me realize it. The thing she wants is more complicated than that but she doesn't really expect a Lawful Good god to care about most of the things she wants -

Permalink Mark Unread

And there's a feeling like falling face-first into a river, which in half a second would scour you to the bones but then you're pulled out of it, held above its surface -

And then they're in a room, with a Chelish woman who looks Carissa's age, and is watching them concernedly. 

"I would really rather give you both some time to grow into it," she says. "I'm not going to, because people die and go to Hell every day, but I wish I could. Carissa, can you let Mhalir talk if he wishes to? He won't be able to automatically here."

Permalink Mark Unread

- her initial instinct is to kneel, but she was kneeling - is kneeling - and if she's instead sitting, here, wherever here is, that's presumably by Iomedae's will. She feels panicked. She tries to - not panic. She asked for this. She should be grateful -

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think that cashes out to anything," Iomedae says, watching her closely. "Or maybe to 'if I am not grateful I will be murdered' but that is false. I do not need you to be grateful and I do not need you to be obedient. I need a lot of things, actually, from you, because they are best done by you, but if it were not the case that you could do them I would use someone else, and I wouldn't be angry. I am very proud of you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - don't understand what things make you proud of people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Trying to win," she says instantly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Trying to win. 

Mhalir expected to be scared - was terrified, seconds ago, listening in on Carissa's attempt at prayer - but oddly, he isn't now.

It's less confusing, somehow, for a god to need things from him and Carissa because they're well positioned to do them and She can see that. Mhalir is not and does not want to be an instrument of Iomedae's will, but he is and always has been trying to win, he thinks. He wants so many things to be different in the world. He wants people to stop dying and going to Hell and if Iomedae sees, from a god's higher vantage point, some path by which he can help, instead of breaking things that wouldn't have needed to be broken if he had true and complete information about the world, then he wants that.

He's not scared but he does feel very tired. Everything feels so pressured, right now, and what he really wants is to step back and spend a decade trying to actually understand the world, and it doesn't seem like the world is going to give him that luxury.

He doesn't know how to put any of that into words. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You need time. You are new at this, and the sorts of things you want to do don't have a gentle learning curve, you don't get half the benefit from being half as good. I think you are right to notice you need time. After the wars are over you will have the time, I think. The wars cannot wait." She sounds maybe a touch sad, but not apologetic. "I think you understood the world better than you give yourself credit for, but you were operating in a space where even making a little bit of a mistake could close off the best paths. And you were making a mistake. Do you have a good picture now, of what it was?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries talking through Carissa's mouth. "I think I was - wrong about the fact of the matter on what terms the Andalites would allow if we tried to negotiate a truce with them. I think my inference was reasonable given the information I had, but the information I had was incomplete and also - biased - and I knew this and tried to account for it but I did not account for it enough. And so I - gave up too soon, on them being agents we could make agreements with, rather than...a force of nature that we needed to overcome by being more powerful? I thought I had tried all the other avenues and probably I had not? I am not sure but I think something like that was my mistake."

Permalink Mark Unread

"One way that people coordinate with each other is by having shared values or, less effectively but more widely available, shared lines they won't cross, so they can expect that any work they delegate to another will be done in a way they broadly agree was the right way to do it.

People who are not willing to constrain themselves like that can still coordinate, but it is much harder. It takes unreasonable effort. It takes repeated unreasonable effort. It takes making real costly sacrifices when they almost certainly will not work. When the Yeerks first took unwilling hosts they closed off all the easiest paths by which people can come to trust one another, and no one knew enough to even start on the hardest ones. Maybe if you had understood more about Andalites you would have known enough to start down that road, but it was still a very very hard road that you had boxed yourself into from the moment the Yeerks first took people as slaves. I do not quite want to say that you were wrong when you reasoned that it was better to take slaves than to lose the war, and that you did not see another route to winning it. But I think it is a line of reasoning that is less appealing when you are more uncertain and expect more strongly that you are making mistakes."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir feels an urge to defend himself by pointing out that the initial Yeerk decision to cross that line and take involuntary hosts - slaves - wasn't meaningfully his choice at all, he wasn't even a Visser yet at the time, even now he's nowhere near the top of the leadership hierarchy and he's felt frustratingly constrained by his superiors as well as by the Andalites.

...He could have made Iomedae's argument to the Council, though, and he didn't, because he didn't even have the vocabulary for it, he isn't sure he does now. It - felt irreversible, sure, and he vaguely remembers saying that, but it didn't feel like a closing of many paths, at the time. 

It felt like Seerow had already closed those paths for them. He knows it was still their choice how to respond, and they made it, but he remembers the feeling of walls closing in on him happening significantly earlier than the first enslaved host. 

Mhalir is feeling really angry with Seerow right now, actually, which is interesting because anger hasn't generally been his main emotion there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He wronged you very badly. And he did so after you had come to believe that he valued you more than any other Andalite ever would."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want him back." He says it before he's noticed that he's thinking it. "I want to show him Golarion. I want him to meet Carissa. I want him to see - what it looks like - for a Yeerk to work with someone who wants them there. I want him to understand why it did not have to go that way. I - want - it to have gone a different way. And I cannot have any of that and I will never see him again and even if there had been a way for the gods of Golarion to catch him when he died, he would probably have gone to Hell and been tortured and he would think that was - worse than ceasing to exist..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not know how that can be done. But we will do it eventually."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Really?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. We would not really have won if billions of people are dead forever, will we have? Carissa is upset because I will turn the weapons of your starships on Hell and destroy people, perhaps people who she knows, certainly people like the people she knows. I will do this." Sad but not apologetic, again. "But someday we will find a way to do something better. The universe is very big, and very old, and very strange, and we will not be done until no one who wishes to live is dead."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at her for a long time, through Carissa's eyes, and finally nods. 

"What do you need me for now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want those talks to happen. I think they will go well. After that -"

"After that, I want you to go to Rahadoum and help the man there figure out how we can use technology to take Cheliax back more cleanly. I am telling you this and not Carissa; she will be ready, I think, by the time it is time to go there, but she isn't, not yet. I wish for her to - see it as sad but necessary for her other goals, rather than as a place where her goals are lost beneath the goals of more powerful people with no reason to care what she thinks. Maybe you can help her get there. I am also speaking to her -" He can sense it, a bit dizzying, that a different conversation is happening between Iomedae and Carissa right now - "but she has been given a lot of reason to doubt that the gods, whatever process produces the words that we speak to you, can really care for the things that you care for, and there is information that might reassure her about the conquest of Cheliax that I am at this time unwilling to share."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The man– you mean the ninth-circle wizard. He wants to conquer Cheliax? Why? Who is he?"

Mhalir is also not at all looking forward to having to interact with the man who trapped him in a demiplane literally without exits for multiple hours, but that's beside the point. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He is Malduoni, the elected leader of Rahadoum. He is secretly working with me on the conquest of Cheliax because it is currently run by Asmodeus and does its level best to damn all its citizens to Hell and we disapprove."

Permalink Mark Unread

Since Mhalir also disapproves, it seems reasonable enough for him to try to help. And - Carissa will be upset but not surprised, he thinks, and combining technology and magic, maybe there is a way to conquer a country without actually killing a lot of people or causing extensive infrastructure damage. 

(Probably 'Yeerking all the leadership' is not the optimal plan here since everyone in Golarion will think it's also Evil.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know," Iomedae says peaceably. "Enchantments are not inherently Evil. It matters a great deal whether you are acting in order to avert greater harms, and whether you are concerned with minimizing the harm to your targets. To steal a person's body for years to use for your own purposes, that will always be Evil. To ensure that a war is over in a week - many things are permitted in war that would have no place in a Good world. I think you and he should at least consider it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He blinks, surprised and thoughtful. "And Yeerks are not vulnerable to Break Enchantment. How...public, is it, that we are on this planet? There area Andalites in Sothis and so I am guessing the secret is partially broached, but how much do you think Asmodeus knows about my people?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope very little. I fear more. For this reason it is important to move quickly."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Then I hope the talks with the Andalites will not take too long. Do they know anything about Cheliax - does Abadar...?" If he has to rush while not giving any sign that he has a reason to be hurrying, that sounds harder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They do not, but you have another justification to hurry, which is that your people will start releasing involuntary hosts once you can report progress here. The Andalites will be highly motivated by this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am concerned that just logistically it will be hard to release involuntary hosts as quickly as they are going to want, but I will do my best." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your people should ask for our assistance, wherever they might require it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will keep that in mind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

At the same time - 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't understand how, even in principle, you'd eventually get back a devil you killed," she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps by travelling in time. Perhaps with some power that has different limitations than Golarion's gods. Perhaps with something Nethys knows but which I cannot afford to ask Him to show me, now while I am needed for this war. I do not know for sure that it can be done. But the limitations of magic are not consistent across worlds, and there are many, many worlds."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would it change anything if you were sure it wouldn't work?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would change some things. It would not change my intent to war with Hell. I cannot permit Asmodeus to continue the work he is doing. His people do not deserve to die, but neither do all who defy them, and I pick all who defy them. If you have specific people in mind you can ask to resurrect them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't." Honestly her objection here is very stupid, it's that people she has never met but feels some affinity with will stop existing because they were on the wrong side of a war, which is how the universe works and obnoxious to be upset about. She didn't cry about the dead demons at the Worldwound.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Caring about people is a vulnerability. If you bother to want anything then there are more ways to hurt you than there were before."

Permalink Mark Unread

Obviously. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are many, many ways to hurt me."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's an odd phrasing. She tries to - tries to be the right shape to understand -

"If you are a god probably other considerations dominate." 

Iomedae does not immediately answer. 

"And once you do care about things you're kind of stuck, right, caring about things is sticky, because it usually comes with - not wanting to stop caring about it - I don't know if that applies to gods."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does! It is one of the thing that applies to most minds, even minds that are very very different from each other, it is more like logic than like a preference. To value something is to prefer to value it, since if you stopped valuing it you would predictably from that point forward fail to act in a way that preserved and nourished it.

 

Wishing to serve the will of another instead of your own is the same kind of mistake of logic."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - not if - not if the default is getting nothing you want, and if you are trying to serve the will of another then you get - protection from that, and get to live at all - it makes sense to compromise lots of things when the alternative is losing everything -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It can, yes. You would be dead if you were less flexible. You learned the skill you needed, and you are very very good at it. But there is a reason Asmodeus taught that you ought to make your will His, and did not just say that you ought to do what He told you and not get caught doing other things or He would have you tortured to death. it is because if you make this compromise knowingly, you can reevaluate it, and hold it piece by piece, trading only the parts you get a good price for. If you are asked to do it subconsciously and entirely then you will not have the chance to notice if it no longer serves you. 

I want you to help me get these talks arranged. My protection is to some degree contingent on you and Mhalir being astoundingly valuable instruments of my aims; I would not kill you if you decided to retire to Earth and start a wizard school there, but I would certainly expend fewer resources protecting you. With this in mind you can make what trades you will. But they should be trades of your time and effort, not of your whole self. I am not owed it and I do not need it and your safety is not contingent on picking the right person to hand it over to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I agree with you about killing devils and I will be angry if you ruin Cheliax because you'd rather it be poor than Evil."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am Chelish, little one. I do not wish us to be poor. I do not wish our girls too busy watching babies to go to school. Mhalir is rich. You know that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I dunno if I want everyone to have Yeerks either. I want one because I would rather have someone on my side than no one but - lots of people already have that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He is not going to let your people starve if only a small percentage of them care to be hosts."

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds right but Mhalir is confusing and the Yeerk government is confusing and there are probably lots of starving people.

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are. This is why ideally we would also get the Andalites to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

This sounds like not Carissa's specialty but she can try to pick up an extremely fancy ioun stone of diplomacy and see if they can talk to the Andalites once they're not in Sothis. She does not want the pharaoh of Osirion to kidnap her. Probably this is a stupid thing to worry about but a lot of powerful people have decided to kidnap her in particular lately.

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's gay."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's embarrassingly reassuring.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't tell him I said so, he hasn't noticed. But he won't kidnap you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. She'll go speak to the Andalites, in Sothis if it is specifically necessary, and then -

- figure stuff out. While keeping in mind that she has Iomedae's protection if she's doing useful things and that this has advantages.

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae is glowing with pride. "Yes. There you go. Do that."

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then She's gone, and they're kneeling on the floor of the temple, and her knees hurt.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir does not ask about her conversation with Iomedae, and tries to avoid automatically reading her mind about it, he'll inevitably pick up some but it feels private. 

<What time is it? We should go back to Sothis, probably, and meet that cleric.>

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets up and dusts herself off and goes and checks the time. They have about an hour, which is enough time to bounce over to a magic shop and see if they have magic items for diplomacy.  They do, a Cloak of the Diplomat for 20,000 gold and an ioun stone from the shop that sells those. Ioun stones are an ancient technology from the Azlant empire, where they had ways of manufacturing them cheaply and even ordinary people could have one. By default they whizz in the air around your head and are kind of distracting to people who've never seen them before, you can get them surgically implanted instead if you want.

People still know how to make them, but not cheaply. It's 10,000 gold for the Mulberry Pentacle one that gives a bonus to diplomacy. 

They're the same bonus, she thinks at Mhalir. Which means we can't benefit from both. Probably the cloak looks more professional?

Permalink Mark Unread

<Probably. I think I would be distracted by a stone flying around our head. Why do they do that, anyway?> 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has never studied the theory of ioun stones. Probably she should look into it sometime. Maybe they can reinvent the Azlant technique for making them cheaply. She buys the cloak and then they can go back to Sothis for their meeting with the cleric.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is less nervous about it than he was before. Compared to talking to a literal god, this is a lot less scary. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa was not expecting that to be quite that direct! Mostly you hear stories about gods sending visions or heralds or something, or maybe talking to you in a confusing haze you half-remember, not just - chatting. Probably it can't have been an impersonater, though, not in Iomedae's own sanctified temple.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir doesn't himself have enough context on how any of this works, either godconversations or sanctified temples, to be very surprised in any direction, but if that's Carissa's assessment he probably agrees. 

<Are there particular questions you have for the cleric or should we wait to hear his summary first?> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mostly she wants to know why women are property. Mhalir must think it is kind of dumb how much she's hung up on this.

Permalink Mark Unread

<I think it makes sense to take how a system would affect you personally as some input for how much you approve or disapprove of it? I am also curious. It seems very inexplicable to me, but then again, Yeerks do not really have gender. We tend to absorb the concept from our first host, if they are of a species with different sexes.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do Andalites have different sexes? What even was Mhalir's host before Alloran.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's had a lot of hosts. The one immediately before Alloran was a Hork-Bajir, male, although Hork-Bajir gender roles are pretty sideways from human ones. He's had female hosts before but he thinks he thought of himself as vaguely male before Alloran? Though that's a long time ago now and it's not very salient to a Yeerk. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa mostly does not identify with her weaknesses as a person or with people who have similar weaknesses but she finds it upsetting how Garund and Casmaron treat women. 

 

They go back to the temple. The priest is a man in his 50s, with fancy golden robes. "Did you have specific questions?" he says. 

"What does Abadar care about?"

         "Prosperity and trade. And lots of things, but all of them things that create the conditions for prosperity and trade. Law allows men to buy and sell from strangers, trusting that their goods and money are legitimate. It allows men to put things on ships or on wagons and travel confident they will reach their destination without being robbed. It allows them to make long-term plans, expecting that their investments will not be brought to ruin by a capricious change in the law. It allows them to decide for themselves where their labor is best allocated. Trade does not require two men to agree on very much. They might have entirely different worldviews, priorities, likes and dislikes. They may in another context loathe each other. To trade, they need to only prefer to have what the other person has, and they can make an exchange and both be better off. The world is full of people very different from one another, and often they imagine that where they disagree, they must fight. But when the trust exists to instead trade, there can be peace no matter the magnitude of our differences."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's actually very reasonable, Mhalir is thinking. It's almost what he's been drifting toward with Iomedae, because he doesn't trust Her that much, not enough to put weight on if he were modelling her help as...a purely altruistic act, offered because she's Good. But he can make it hold together in his head if he considers that they're making a trade: he has starships, She has god-magic and clerics and paladins, also it seems like they probably care about some of the same things but even if he's wrong he trusts Her to stick to a deal that's deeply in Her self-interest. Especially since ending the Yeerk-Andalite war is going to have to happen before anything else, so it's not like She can back out. 

...On the other hand, he might not have noticed it without Carissa's earlier complaints, but the fact that the cleric keeps saying 'men' instead of 'people' is very grating and he's tempted to ask 'well, what about us, a woman and a technically genderless slug alien' just to be difficult. He should not do this because the existence of Yeerks is still a closely-held secret, but he's sympathetic to Carissa's annoyance about the whole thing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why does Abadar rule Osirion, what does He get out of it."

             "He wants countries to adopt wise policies that increase prosperity. Here He can recommend their adoption and also more can be learned about which policies work best when men implement them."

"...does He sometimes not already know that?"

            "He knows what policies work best in theory, but let's say that no one in a city understands the value of something because they've never seen it used before, or that doing taxes a certain way encourages corruption, those are also facts about what works best and they're not knowable from theorizing, not reliably."

"Does He - collect the profits? Or just...prefer that they exist, no matter who has them."

           "He prefers they be allocated among those who created them as incentive to create more, or invested directly in the creation of more."

"Huh. Okay. ...why can't women in Osirion own property or start businesses."

          "They can, with the approval of the head of their household."

"Right, why can't they without that."

          "No one can, without the approval of the head of their household. It is the duty of the head of a family to decide how its money is allocated thoughtfully and carefully. In a typical family, a woman moves in with her husband and his parents, his brothers and his brother's wives when she marries him. Her husband's parents will make the decisions about the household's money. If they are farmers, her husband's father is a farmer with many decades of experience and the most qualified to make their decisions about what to plant and what insurance to buy and what other expenditures can be afforded. If they are merchants, he would have many decades of experience pricing and evaluating merchant ventures, and knows how much risk the family is at and what tends to succeed and fail. So it is his decision to make."

"And it's always a - him - what if the smartest person in the household is a woman and she's got decades of experience pricing and evaluating ventures -"

          "Then if the head of her household has any sense he will prize her advice very highly."

Carissa is immensely frustrated by this but can't quite think what the right next question is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is mostly confused by this. He doesn't want to talk through Carissa's mouth right now, he never quite sounds like her and he doesn't want to make the cleric wonder what's going on, but - 

<It seems - arbitrary? They have decided that the unit of ownership is the family, and the leader of the family is always the oldest male, rather than - elected, or something. It is not that surprising in itself, many cultures both human and not have this kind of grouping, and it is a coherent and likely quite stable setup, but it does not seem as though it emerges naturally from 'policies that increase prosperity'. And I imagine that in practice, even if the head of the household listens to a younger woman and profits from it, I doubt that she is generally allowed to keep those profits for herself, which would make the incentive muddier. Not to mention the fact that clever young girls would have little incentive to acquire such experience and judgement, not expecting to collect the profits the way a man would.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's stupid but it's kind of imperviously stupid, she thinks back. It doesn't turn on a specific claim, it just - is -

"Does Abadar want it that way or was it that way before Abadar?"

          "I think Abadar has supported policies that makes it easier for young men to establish their own household, say if they move to the city, because labor mobility is good."

"Are women allowed to establish their own household?"

          "I would want to know more details of your situation - if you are a wizard, with the means to support yourself, there are various laws specific to that situation -"

"Say I'm not a wizard but I think I could be if I just get a good education, and I want to move to the city and do that."

         "...I would not expect that to be very feasible. I do not know where you would live while you studied. It is not safe or decent for women to live alone. It would - for an Osirian woman it would damage her prospects of marriage immensely."

"What if she didn't want to get married."

         "Teenagers often have unrealistic expectations about what will lead to a good life. Lots of people are lawless while they are young, but very happy eventually that they shaped up and made Axis. Of course no one marries against their will but if my daughter did not wish to marry I would warn her that she was making a grave mistake she would be paying for for the rest of eternity, and pray that she changed her mind."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Are the Chaotic afterlives really so much worse than the Lawful ones> Mhalir asks Carissa, still not wanting to talk directly. <If one is holding Good or Neutral versus Evil constant, I mean. I would expect a god who is not Evil to care very much about their followers avoiding those afterlives, and less about Law, but I am not a god who has Law fundamentally baked into me as a value, so...> 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure, she thinks back at him. Chelish propaganda is that Heaven is entirely for fighting Hell and Axis is fine but you still have to work all the time and it can't defend its borders, Hell's going to take it pretty soon. And that in the Maelstrom you're just a ghost watching a world you can't interact with or meaningfully alter, and in the Abyss you are a - grub thing - and usually get taken apart for your organs or something before you have time to turn into a demon, and Elysium is kind of just living in the wilderness until you die in a fight with a dragon or whatever.

"What are the sort of traits that Abadar looks for in clerics," she asks the man.

       "Fairness. Principledness. Hardworkingness. Integrity."

"If there were a war and the church was mediating what would you expect them to care about."

        "It being possible to build a sustainable peace. People understanding what Law is and being sincerely committed to the agreement and realistic about the odds of minor aggravations that they'll have the choice to escalate or deescalate. Trade, people are less likely to war in the future with people they trade with."

 

Did you have questions for him?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's wondering whether Abadar's goals of prosperity and Lawfulness extend to countries other than Osirion and He's just focusing there for efficiency or something; in particular he's confused about how this interacts with countries where different gods are worshipped, do the gods have - territorial agreements or something, like human countries. If Abadar intervenes to help stop a war, is he going to want trade agreements with the relevant warring parties out of it, or input into how they run their economies...

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does Abadar also want other countries to be prosperous and Lawful? Why is He focused in Osirion?"

       "The Church has temples in most countries. It requires additional resources to directly run a country like Osirion, I don't think He has the resources to do it everywhere. Also it is not obvious whether having a country directly run by the Church is much more valuable than having it just have a strong healthy church that wields a typical amount of political power, this is an experiment to determine that."

"Do the gods - agree not to step on each other's turf or something -"

       "There are agreements among many of the gods. The details of them are hard to convey to humans the same way the details of agreements among human kings are hard to convey to small children. In broad strokes, Abadar is allied with Asmodeus and with Iomedae and with Shelyn and with Erastil and with Irori. Rovagug and Lamashtu are His enemies. The church of Abadar generally agrees to operate in countries even when local law greatly restricts our operations, because we believe that it is better to have a little transmission of ideas than none. We will not operate in a country whose rulers have cheated us, stolen from us, or ransacked our banks to support their failing empires."

"When the Church mediates a war, does it force agreements that benefit the church - trade agreements, an advisory role -"

       "It would depend on the details of the war and the peace agreement. We would probably want both governments to permit us to operate and evangelize within their territories."

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense; the alliance with Asmodeus is interesting, he's not sure whether there's anything to infer for that aside from 'they're both Lawful.' Abadar wanting to evangelize on the various planets affected by the war seems important to know, but probably fine if that looks like opening temples and not like taking over countries if He disapproves of how they run their economies. 

<I think that is all my questions> he tells Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's the pharaoh like? How does Abadar choosing the pharaoh work?"

       "Since the end of prophecy it is hard for the gods to work in the world in a way that's not - clumsy. Abadar backed a descendent of the ancient pharaohs who wanted to overthrow the sultan - Osirion was ruled by the Kelesh Empire at the time. There was a bloodless coup, and Khemet I became the first pharaoh since ancient Osirion, and Abadar made him into an aspect of Abadar. He can serve as a translator between Abadar and his priests, at lower cost to Abadar than sending a herald all the time and with more ability to act on Abadar's priorities. The current pharaoh is Khemet III. The new pharaoh is chosen from among the descendents of the last pharaoh. He usually has hundreds, because it matters a lot that Abadar have quality options for the pharaoh - He's constrained by the wisdom and intelligence of the person He chooses, though of course powerful magic items can enhance it."

"Is that why the pharaoh has a harem of hundreds of slaves?"

       "Concubines. But yes, it is why the pharaoh takes more wives and concubines than is recommended for most people."

"Oh, is there a recommended number of concubines for most people."

       "You shouldn't take a second wife unless you have the resources to spare after ensuring that your first wife and all of her children are comfortable, and if she either approves or if you've tried and failed to improve the state of your marriage. You mostly should not take a third wife unless both of the first two are barren and you're sure it's not you."

"I see. What kind of girls does the pharaoh like?"

       "He has them write essays for him about how they think Osirion should be run. He interviews the girls whose essays he likes."

"Is that kind of thing - the same across pharaoh lifetimes or does it vary with the base person appointed pharaoh -"

       "Taste in women? That varies with the base person. Becoming an aspect of Abadar does not erase their existing goals and interests because Abadar is not incompatible with any set of goals and interests, Abadar is an approach to achieving all goals or interests."

"So the pharaoh becomes - perfectly Lawful, but he can be perfectly Lawful about being very fond of, I don't know, wine, or dragon-riding -"

        "Yes, that's right. Though usually Abadar picks ones who like politics and economics and diplomacy."

"I guess that's sensible. And - I think everything I wanted to know. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

<I think that was somewhat helpful? I found him less confusing than the clerics of Good gods. More frustrating, but - in a way that is almost reassuring, if it is obvious upfront where our assumptions diverge. Should we - go find someone to ask about talking to Andalites?> He feels pretty unsure what the expected diplomatic move is here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I guess so. We could go to the palace? We could - go to the mystic thurge of Nethys? But we don't know that she was involved, just, I can't think how they even got Andalites without a Gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

<I suppose it would be mildly awkward to ask without knowing if she is aware of it, although - Nethys knows everything, right? So it would not be revealing new information to Him even if she was not involved. And I would feel more comfortable going into this knowing more context.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know if we can get an audience with her but I guess we can see whether we can buy one. The Temple of the All-Seeing Eye stands out; she starts in its direction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir watches the city through Carissa's eyes. He scouted Sothis before, but somehow that was different, when he was wearing Alloran's body in hawk form, sneaking and perching on rooftops.

He finds himself quite curious what the other people in the street think of this Chelish woman, a wizard laden with expensive magic items, walking through the street alone. Debatable whether that's a worthwhile use of Detect Thoughts, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets to the temple and walks in and looks for the nearby teenage staffers. 

          "She's waiting for you," he says. 

"- sorry -"

          "Nefreti. She said to send you up." He points up the stairs. 

Carissa casts Detect Thoughts as subtly as she can as she turns towards the stairs. "Uh, how'd she identify me?"

           "She said your name was Parmida but then she said that it wasn't, and that you'd be Chelish and rich." Richer than the founder of the rainforest, she'd said, and she'd also said that there'd be a companion who he wouldn't see, and she'd also said that both of them were easy to see, but he does not feel like conveying all of Nefreti's nonsense for her, she will soon have the chance to convey it herself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is so confused but he's going to go along with it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is kind of alarmed but maybe that's just what being a ninth circle cleric of Nethys is like. She goes up the stairs - there's a lot of stairs - she should maybe have Dimension Doored but is that rude? - and eventually reaches the top and knocks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Come in!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- hello. I'm Carissa."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello, Carissa! And that is Ma'ar - no - that's the base form but I don't know the pattern -"

Permalink Mark Unread

What. It's not his name - it's not a Yeerk-sounding name at all - but there's a similarity there. And wasn't Parmida the terrifying ninth-circle wizard's elderly Qadiran wife, why is Nefreti mixing her up with Carissa, they seem very unalike. 

"Mhalir," he says with Carissa's mouth, there's no point in hiding his presence. "Thank you for meeting with us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am delighted to see you! It makes more sense of everything. I was confused about why Malduoni should put you in his head but now I am not confused about it. Maybe I can try to persuade him again, but he will think, Nefreti, you did not say that using things I can see, probably you have no good reason to say it at all, and he will not listen."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You - told Malduoni he should let me into his head? ...I mean, I might feel more secure about things if I knew more about him, I generally do, but I think I am missing some kind of context here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would solve all of the problems. I told him that but he is very paranoid and doesn't know how to trust people and fled the country when a fourteen-year-old he was teaching became a cleric of Nethys so I am not optimistic about persuading him. But it would solve all the problems. You would stop fretting, and you're going to be very slow about that otherwise. And he would - I think he would take longer to stop fretting but he would get there eventually. And the only remaining problem at that point is the entire universe but I think you can fix that one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I think you have significantly more faith in my ability to fix the entire universe than I do," Mhalir says dryly.

(Even though he's sort of always considered that the obvious thing to do, one problem at a time of course but it's not like he could stop with figuring things out for the Yeerks, there are so many stars and so many worlds...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is because you are a foolish little child and I am omniscient."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir considers, distantly, that probably a lot of people would be offended by that, but he can't muster it. She's not wrong

"Would I stop fretting because I would see firsthand that I approve of his intentions and goals? I - think that hearing so from you is not the same as seeing it directly, but it ought to carry some weight, I think..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is more complicated than that and also simpler. Some stories - rhyme, with other stories, they are the same shape stretched or twisted or squeezed but not torn. You match him. Where you see it you recognize it at once as the thing you'd like to grow to be. It would help you. And it would help him, because he is too foolish to trust people, it holds him back. With enough of himself he will be unstoppable. With enough of me he would also be unstoppable but I have things to do, and I owe him nothing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So he is - who I could grow up to be, in a different story...?" 

Apart from the concept of it being absurd, it kind of fits. Malduoni, a powerful wizard, Chelish, likely someone who fled during their civil war. Now the elected leader of Rahadoum, a country without gods. (And amassing an army in secret to retake Cheliax from his enemies, but Mhalir holds that thought back, not sharing it with Carissa, Iomedae thought she wasn't ready yet.) Mhalir...could see himself following that path, if he were human and a wizard, if his people's enemy was Asmodeus instead of the Andalites. 

What is Carissa thinking of all this? 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is suddenly hoping that this means the Good-Evil war is like the Yeerk-Andalite war and both sides make sense when you think about it and they can do something less dumb and destructive than destroying each other. It seems unlikely, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

The god side of the Good-Evil war does seem harder than that, Mhalir thinks, the value differences there are - more baked into the structure of reality, which seems to think that all the alignments are metaphysically basic concepts or something, it doesn't sound like gods can change their minds about whether torture is good or whatever. The human side of it...might be more analogous, though, humans here don't seem psychologically different from humans on Earth, they just have different tools. 

He needs some time to absorb the Malduoni revelation. Moving on. "Are you the one who brought Andalites to Sothis?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes! Malduoni helped me because we needed to do a week of research in time dilation so it'd only take ten seconds, and then cast two Gates to the same place at once, which would've been seriously inconvenient on my own."

Permalink Mark Unread

<...You can do that?> Mhalir thinks to Carissa. <I am correct in thinking that is very difficult and impressive, right?>

"Can you - give us more context on these Andalites?" he says out loud. "Are they military leaders, or the crew of a ship, or diplomats who volunteered...? I am trying to figure out what to expect here and what they will be expecting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa has absolutely no idea how to do that!! It's really difficult and impressive but they are both extremely powerful and maybe ninth-circle wizards are all like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"They match the pharaoh of Osirion and his family! Like you match Malduoni. You can love them, and you can fight them, and you can grieve them, depending. There is a lot of variety there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They match the– I can love them?" Mhalir is starting to feel like nothing he asks here will result in him being less confused rather than more. "I do not know anything about the pharaoh of Osirion and his family." Aside from the fact that the pharaoh, one, is gay, and two, selects wives by having them write essays about policy, which does make him sound like someone Mhalir could theoretically get along with all right. "Do you...have advice for us? On how to approach this so that it will go well?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, mostly when you explain what you want and are working towards, it goes well, and when you kill several of them, it goes somewhat less well, and when you defeat their enemies for them it goes really well but I'm not sure how you're going to manage that here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I...will keep that in mind," Mhalir says faintly. There are too many players here and too many of them are supposedly versions of each other, it's dizzying. 

Does Carissa have any other questions? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is also confused and vaguely curious if anyone is a version of her, but presumably not, everyone else involved in this mess is purposefully so whereas she's involved by coincidence. "Do we just - walk up to the palace and say we want to meet the Andalites?"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there something that'd go better than that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly it seems like you mostly become acquainted via kidnapping but maybe you have had enough of that already."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I have. I want to do things that do not involve getting kidnapped."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But if usually you get kidnapped then I don't know anything about the other paths."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we should go with the straightforward plan that does not involve trying to arrange for someone else to want to kidnap us. I suppose we could send a message to the palace first to check if we are welcome, if there is a standard way to do that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Personally I just walk in."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir thinks there are a lot of things one might do as a ninth-circle mystic theurge than he feels less comfortable doing, but...then again, he is the current representative of the entire Yeerk species on Golarion. And walking right up like he has every right to do that will at least demonstrate confidence or something. Confidence he doesn't really feel, but...thinking that he might someday grow into someone like Malduoni helps, a little.

<Carissa, are you feeling ready for that?> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. However if she gets kidnapped she's going to be so grouchy about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir isn't sure what to do to protect against kidnapping. They can cast Invisibility while walking to the Palace, to give fewer opportunities for it? And if the Andalites were brought here by Gate they probably don't have a ship or anything to stage kidnappings with. If the pharaoh of Osirion wants to kidnap them then Mhalir isn't sure they can do anything about that, except have his staff send a strongly-worded diplomatic complaint about how this is rude and not Lawful at all. ...Which makes him think it's unlikely, actually, given that Abadar is Lawful and the pharaoh is his human aspect. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah she does not actually consider this remotely likely she's just paranoid, lately. It doesn't seem implausible that by Osirian law all unmarried women belong to the pharaoh or something but Mhalir certainly wouldn't. And Iomedae didn't think there was much to worry about. "Thank you," she says to Nefreti.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps I should thank you! Imagine if Mhalir had kidnapped someone who happened to really hate oozes."

Permalink Mark Unread

Technically he did. Multiple times, in the past decades. 

"Are there..." He swallows. "Are there worlds where I - enslave Alloran, and then free him, and he's - all right, eventually?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm. There is one where he learns magic in secret and gets very good at it and sneaks over to an entirely different planet and murders you."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Well. Mhalir winces. He probably deserves that, for asking a stupid question, and - it's useful information to have, he wouldn't have predicted Alloran would set out to learn wizardry and now he know to be very careful and keep a lookout. It's been a while since he scried Alloran, actually, they should do that again at some point just in case. 

"Thank you," he says, and nods to her, and then they can head for the pharaoh's palace. Maybe using Dimension Door to get down all the stairs, this time, Mhalir doesn't find that he cares much right now if it's rude. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can Dimension Door most of the way to the palace from here. Not into the Dome, which is impossible to Teleport within or scry within, but to about a block away so that they can approach it. 

          "Do you have an appointment?" a guard at the entrance to the Dome asks, when they approach. 

"No, but, uh, we wanted to talk with the Andalites?"

           " - I'll pass that along."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is giving the Dome a dubious look. <I think that might block my recording device too. I should let my people on the shuttle know so that they do not panic if so.> And then hope they don't actually get kidnapped while inside and out of contact. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, I bet it does, yeah. 

Will your people try to raise you, if - anything goes wrong, with the Andalites -

Permalink Mark Unread

<Of course. And you. I - hmm, perhaps I should send a message to them, indicating that Nefreti and Malduoni are both people who may be allies. I had been...less sure of that, previously, though Iomedae also told me that I ought to work with Malduoni.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you believe Nefreti, about Malduoni's - story?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not certain of it. He's trying to hold in the back of his mind that he has no proof of it. But - it feels like it would be really weird for her to lie about it, it doesn't match his sense of what a representative of the god of magic who knows everything but doesn't have many goals would do. And not believing anything anyone says unless he can prove it for himself doesn't seem like a very productive way to engage with this whole situation, so - for now he's going to move forward on the assumption it's true, and keep an eye out for counter-evidence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard comes back! They'd like Carissa to step in and permit a Truth Spell and then they can get some assurances for security about her intentions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa cooperates with this. They want to know if she has the means or a plan to harm the pharaoh (she doesn't) or anyone else in the palace (she doesn't intend to but she carries a hatpin for suicide and while it wouldn't hurt the pharaoh she could probably kill a servant with it but she would not do this). They want her hatpin, which she doesn't protest; she could make another one if the pharaoh did kidnap her and it seemed like the best escape plan. 

They want to know how she knows about the Andalites. She says that Iomedae told her. They want to know what her interest in the Andalites is. She says she wants to on Iomedae's instructions make the peace talks go well and learn what the Andalites will need for peace. They want to know why Iomedae told her; she is guessing it's because she got entangled in the situation earlier when Yeerks were recruiting wizards and then she got kidnapped back by some wizards opposed to the Yeerks and eventually she escaped both for Vigil and she wants there to be peace.

They instruct her on protocols for meeting the pharaoh (you prostrate yourself on the floor at his feet and wait for explicit permission to move or speak). They let her through.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir goes along with this. 

He's very scared. Mostly about the Andalites and not the pharaoh. He doesn't think the pharaoh has any strong reason to harm him in particular - in fact, given that the pharaoh speaks for Abadar, and Mhalir can bring absurd wealth to Osirion if allowed to do so, he feels a lot less worried. But it seems hard to negotiate with the Andalites without revealing that Carissa has a Yeerk spokesperson. And he's very aware of how much the Andalites hate him for taking Alloran as his host. 

...costs he chose to pay, willingly, but without even noticing the paths he had already closed off...

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa has decided to assume that Iomedae will not get them killed for no reason. Maybe this is an unjustified assumption but she's sticking with it. They wait outside for the pharaoh and she studies fourth-circle spells and tells herself firmly that Iomedae will absolutely get them killed if it helps her win but not if it doesn't, and this wouldn't. 

 

Eventually they're called in.

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh's throne room has a portal to - presumably a demiplane - with purpleish grass and a red-gold sky. It's full of Andalites and humans. Carissa only gets a brief glance because she is prostrating herself. 

 

"Please sit comfortably," says the pharaoh. "And tell me a little more about what is going on, I am confused. Iomedae asked you to come here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, your majesty. I was taken from Cheliax by Yeerks six months ago, when they were trying to learn about magic and how it could be used to end the war, and then a few weeks ago kidnapped from there by an ally of Iomedae's who wanted to make sure the Yeerks weren't trying to enslave the world or something. Then I escaped and went to Vigil for help and Iomedae arranged to send some of Her paladins back to the Yeerks to explain to them what Golarion's gods are and why they can trust Her to not let the Andalites kill them if they stop enslaving people. Then she asked me to come here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"With a Yeerk accompanying you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Can he see it? - he's Abadar, probably he can see lots of things that her hair would stop human magic from detecting. "That's right, your majesty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But it's - Carissa, the human, talking to me right now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, your majesty. Probably I will get along with the Andalites better, since our understanding is that Yeerks are - upsetting to them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What is your Yeerk's name."

Permalink Mark Unread

Why would that be important to know. "...Mhalir. Your majesty. Is he safe here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"As far as I know there's nowhere safer. 

 

Hmmm. Let's go through and talk with the Andalites. You may follow me." 

 

He steps into the demiplane. "Iomedae sent someone," he says to the herd of Andalites and accompanying collection of humans. "I will let her explain herself, she wanted to talk to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Andalites trot over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa cannot parse whether that's friendly or hostile body language at all. She smiles at them. "Hello?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir, of course, has much better understanding of Andalite body language, since Alloran did. He moves Carissa's eyes over the group trotting over to them, gauging their affect toward Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They seem curious and not remotely concerned.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is Carissa and Mhalir. Iomedae sent them to talk with you about peace talks? Informally, I assume."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- yes, I don't think we can agree to anything, just get a sense of what might be the difficult points."

Permalink Mark Unread

<We were told that Iomedae was - offering to help the Yeerks end the war on the condition that the Yeerks stop enslaving people?>

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. They've stopped taking new unwilling hosts and they want some - signs it'll actually help - before they start releasing everyone."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tail-lash. <What would qualify as a sign it would actually help.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they think you just hate them and aren't thrilled about them taking voluntary hosts either? So maybe you could send them something generally affirming that if there are no involuntary hosts then you don't take issue with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

<...who am I speaking with?>

Permalink Mark Unread

"Carissa. Mhalir's scared of you but you can talk to him if you want."

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites glance at each other. <There's no way to tell> someone says uncomfortably.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can do a truth spell if you'd like," the pharaoh says. "But we are not personally in doubt."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tail-swish. <I am concerned that - Yeerks will consider to be voluntary hosts many people who they - kidnapped and then carefully manipulated, rather than people who truly freely chose it.>

Permalink Mark Unread

" - sorry, I was Asmodean six months ago and I am not sure I know what that means."

Permalink Mark Unread

< - if someone, with decent alternatives and accurate information about all of their alternatives, wants a - Yeerk in their heads - then that is their prerogative, I suppose. But I don't think that describes even the hosts that Yeerks consider voluntary.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"That - seems true, that it doesn't. But - you guys might be the worst possible people to convince Yeerks of the best policy to have here? Because of how there are millions of people dead since you think it's better to be dead than Yeerked, and the Yeerks think this is insane of you. Iomedae probably has some reasonable opinion about this and Abadar probably has some reasonable opinion about this and the Yeerks are going to take it better from them, right."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at the pharaoh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We think philosophy about what kinds of choices to let people make is within our core competencies," he says mildly.

Permalink Mark Unread

<So the Yeerks want - assurance that the standards deferred to for that will be Abadar's, not ours? I don't have the right to promise that but it seems likely to go over fine.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<I think I can persuade the Yeerk Council that Abadar is a neutral party here and will not prioritize the Andalites' preferences over ours, or over those of the humans on Earth and various host species. They may want to come here and speak to a representative of Abadar themselves, to get their own sense of what Abadar is like.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at Khemet. <We are mostly talking about people who were kidnapped and then told that if they were well-behaved they'd be more valuable to their captors - more likely to get things like medical treatment ->

Permalink Mark Unread

"The last bit of that is how most employment works. I guess it is a consistent opinion that material scarcity is inherently coercive."

Permalink Mark Unread

<...yes, material scarcity is inherently coercive, and I don't expect there being Yeerks benefitting from it will make it less sticky.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's some theory of what kinds of trade do not make both parties better off and it might be applicable but 'they let people die if those people don't want to be their hosts' isn't it."

Permalink Mark Unread

<I mean, I think we're going to want to insist that they not get in the way of us ending material scarcity but I don't think we can reasonably demand the Yeerks do it themselves, they probably don't even know how.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<You can tell him that we would very much like the Andalites' help in ending material scarcity on all of the planets where we took hosts, if they are willing to do that. Previously I modelled them as unwilling to do that because they decided not to share technology with other species after what happened with Seerow.> 

Mhalir ignores the part where 'they probably don't even know how' is at least slightly offensive or hurtful, that's beside the point. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they'd be pretty happy if you - ended material scarcity. They thought you wouldn't want to because of your rules against sharing technology after what happened with Seerow."

Permalink Mark Unread

<I mean, I think this is the best angle on it, if people are turning to Yeerks because they'll starve otherwise and we can fix it. We probably will not give them starships.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<If we are all wizards maybe we can give them starships. There are two ways to maintain a tech advantage and the one where you invent lots of new things is more fun.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, are you learning arcane magic?"

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes!> He practically skips around about it. <We are going to have to adapt it since we do not speak aloud but it's lovely and beautiful and I am so glad to have learned it.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir feels a sudden burst of fondness for this particular Andalite. This is very much the correct response to discovering the existence of arcane magic, he thinks. It's too bad that he's an Andalite and Mhalir is a Yeerk and so probably they can't do research together.

<I think giving planets starships is not key to ending material scarcity> he says to Carissa. <Earth would benefit more from morph, honestly, and various other non-starship technologies, and if that is offered I do not think it would take them long to build their own starships.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Should we ask them to write a message or something, or will it just work for you to tell the Council -

Permalink Mark Unread

<If we are doing this informally, I can talk to the Council first. They will probably want something in writing, eventually, but I can find out more about what their specific uncertainties are.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Is there more you want to know, right now?

Permalink Mark Unread

<I am not sure.> He feels very off-balance again. <If they have other priorities they have not communicated yet, I suppose.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are there - other things that Andalites will want from talks -"

Permalink Mark Unread

They speak among themselves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

<Alloran> he says after a moment. <Alloran-Semitur-Corrass, he is the only Andalite enslaved by Yeerks. If they claim he is actually volunteering we will not believe them. And paid reparations for all of the people who were irrecoverably damaged by being enslaved.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<We can pay reparations but we want Abadar to determine the appropriate payment, not the Andalites> Mhalir says immediately to Carissa. <And - do they...not know...about Alloran? You should tell them where he is. I am sure the pharaoh has someone with Plane Shift who could take them to speak with him in Nirvana and - see if he wishes to return to the Andalite homeworld now or something.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - he says yes to reparations but Abadar should decide the appropriate payment. And Alloran is in Nirvana, you could go pick him up."

Permalink Mark Unread

<...he's in the Neutral Good afterlife? He is dead?>

Permalink Mark Unread

"He is not dead he was just dropped off there for safekeeping."

Permalink Mark Unread

Andalites glance at Khemet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"News to me. We can send someone to go look into it."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Do you know who Visser Three has enslaved now.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I told you, they're not taking involuntary hosts anymore."

Permalink Mark Unread

 - he takes a step back, and stiffens. And looks at the pharaoh, for some reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We should have lunch," the pharaoh says, and one of his servants leaves the throne room behind them, presumably to effect this. "And chairs."  Another servant follows. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is confused and slightly alarmed and trying to follow what inference the Andalite they're speaking to seems to have made just now - that Mhalir is the same person as Visser Three? Did they not know that...he supposes there might be no reason for an arbitrary Andalite to know Visser Three's original Yeerk name... And he doesn't understand either why the Andalite immediately looked to the pharaoh, or why the pharaoh responded to this by suggesting lunch. A distraction? To get the servants out of the way? But there are still a lot of guards, the location is hardly private.

He suspects he's not very good at reading subtext into social situations, especially on a planet he hasn't been on long. Is Carissa following what just happened any better than he is?

Permalink Mark Unread

She is also confused! She should really learn how to prepare a still, silent Detect Thoughts but she doesn't have it yet and also it seems extremely hard to get away with in front of the pharaoh.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites seem delighted about lunch and they all gather around and morph human for it and put on clothes. Matirin and Khemet stare at each other silently for a moment before Matirin joins the other Andalites. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Servants bring a folding table and lots of chairs and then start bringing dishes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Andalites have horrifying table manners and are really, really into food.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa wants to detect poison but that would be stupid; presumably they have lots of ways to kill her if they want to. Unless they want something more complicated than to kill her? A poison that'd target Mhalir and not her?

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are curious what Iomedae's interest in all this is," the pharaoh says to her.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really understand why gods do things, your majesty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We were confused, when Abadar conveyed that She meant to ally with the Yeerks on the condition that they stop enslaving people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"To be clear - ear - ear - that is what the war was all about! Bout! Out. I said, wow, all this time maybe I could have morphed something with too many arms and said 'hello, we are the Nondalites, we will ally with you against the Andalites if you stop enslaving people'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think - you guys distrusted each other enough that things you would both consider reasonable coming from a third party sounded unreasonable coming from each other."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Ask him if he knows that Seerow attacked us first.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mhalir says do you know that Seerow attacked first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not know - oh - that Yeerks say that! I guess that is better than if Yeerks say they attacked first and were right because we were trying - ing - to stop them from enslaving people. But that is what we think happened."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Tell him I will say what happened under truth spell if he wishes. I was there.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My Yeerk says he was there and you can truth spell him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We tested if that works! It does not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Zone of Truth does but of course can't be verified to have stuck, and Abadar's Truthtelling is single-target so a Yeerk and host working together can have one of them subject to it while the other one talks."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - how'd you test that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"One of the Andalites had a Yeerk morph."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, relaying through Carissa feels kind of silly at this point. He takes over, though he does it tentatively, to give her a chance to stop him if she wants. "This is Mhalir. If you have access to someone who can cast Polymorph, that works and is how I was previously - interrogated." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- sure." He gestures at one of the servants bringing food. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites have tensed slightly. "I thought maybe she had you under a spell so you couldn't do that," he says almost conversationally, taking a spicy pepper off a tray and biting into it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The thought of being in someone's head and under a spell that didn't let him even talk is terrifying and awful. Mhalir quickly pulls back and lets Carissa have full control of her body, to avoid this showing at all in their body language. He'll let her answer that question. 

It's kind of silly, how even the slightest indication of hostility from the Andalites is making him anxious. Even though they're in human morph and don't have tails that could murder them in a tenth of a second. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nah, we just trade off as makes sense. If I didn't want him I would just...not have him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why do you want him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - like there being a reason for someone to care if I die? And I like getting to do lots of magic research. And I want this war to stop happening because it sounds horrible, and it was helpful with the Yeerk Council, that he had me and we could teleport around and do illustrative illusions and stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you ever decide that you still want those things but do not want to have someone in your head for them I am sure we will be hiring people who can teach us about magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I will keep that in mind. I guess. I don't know much about what Andalites are like aside from the one planet where lots and lots of people died."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is often how wars are. Andalites are herd animals; we mostly live on the grasslands of our home planet. It didn't have enough grasslands so we added some where it used to have oceans and ice caps and so on. We have cities, and I think they'd suit humans all right - the humans here were impressed by pictures - but most of our people don't like them as much as living in the grasslands. Most Andalites get married and have children. We do not age and die like humans do; we used to, but we fixed it. When we do die we have no afterlife, though. We believe that a god called the Ellimist long ago gave us our thoughtspeech, but we are not religious like people here; we do not have temples or priests. We like magic a lot, so far."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why don't you like Yeerks?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - the enslaving people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's not enslaving me but you're all shivery when he's in charge."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - so, I think it's worth deferring to the Golarion gods here because the war is really awful and needs to be over and we have some angles on improving the overall situation once the war is over, I don't want to undermine the things said earlier about that, but - Abadar thinks it's fine to sell yourself into slavery? And I don't think it's fine to do that. The Andalite conception of what it means to agree to something that is - intimate, and involves extraordinary vulnerability, and might make it harder to function independently afterwards, is that it requires quite a lot of caution. I believe you that it wouldn't fix anything if we dragged your Yeerk away but I don't...believe that that bar was met. And it is not easy for us to - be around a situation that we think should by rights have been a very different situation, and be obliged to lend it our support by - among Andalites it is lending something support, to be at ease around it. It is communicating to everyone else that you have no reservations."

Permalink Mark Unread

<It does not bother me that they are uncomfortable about me> Mhalir tells Carissa, without speaking out loud. <There is - a philosophical values difference between our species, I think, the same way that gods of different alignments differ in what they prioritize. And even if that is not true, there is the historical fact that we have been at war for decades. Probably he knows people who died when Yeerk ships destroyed Andalite ships in battle. I am uneasy about him too, because the same holds in reverse. I...think it will take a long long time, if ever, before any Andalites will like Yeerks, and it is not something our people should expect. It is sufficient if they are willing to work with Abadar to end the war.> 

He'll let Carissa decide what, if any, of that to relay out loud. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa mostly thinks that she's sick of having to do all the talking and it'd be selfishly nice if the Andalites were less prickly. Probably this is unfair of her. Mhalir had to do all the talking on the Council planet and now she has to do it on hers; that's how it goes.

"I think those rules make sense if you're trying to do - things not being awful - with just Law," she says. "Which is a reasonable thing to aim for probably. But sometimes...even though you haven't made any rules that will rule out them being awful, and even though they certainly have enough power to be awful, people will just...be kind anyway? For no strategic reason? I don't have a complete theory of when or why they do it but I think most of the cases where people like their Yeerks will be like that. And it almost helps, that there wasn't some law making it impossible for them to have hurt you, because then you'd never know whether they would if they could. But - obviously the rules shouldn't rely on people being like that, it's probably very rare."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I guess I would expect it to be rarer in societies that did not expect it of people and try to enforce it, because trying to enforce something is also a way of conveying that your society values it and cares about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that follows. Maybe it's very rare among Yeerks right now. But I expected Mhalir to get tired of being nice to me, once I agreed to be his, and I was all ready to not be mad or disappointed about it, and then he just kept not doing that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I am not thrilled about where your standards apparently are but it is good that he is exceeding them. If he - stops - doing that, are you allowed to leave."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I mean I think there is probably a lot of overlap between the situations where I would not want to be his host anymore and the ones where he would not want to let me stop. Iomedae might not let him. I don't know. He -" let Alloran go, except they haven't acknowledged that, yet -

Permalink Mark Unread

"He let Alloran go," he finishes the sentence, evenly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She was really pretty sure it was impossible to read her mind! They did lots of tests.

Permalink Mark Unread

<I think he is unusually good at reading subtext or something, not reading your mind> Mhalir tells Carissa. <May I talk?>

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course he can talk.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is Mhalir. I was - am - Visser Three. There is something I am not sure if I will be able to communicate this to you except by time passing and my actions, maybe, but I want to try. I actually prefer not to do things that involve torturing people. Because I think torture is bad. I could have allied with Asmodeus, had I wished it, it was Carissa's first suggestion to me. I did not, because - that seemed worse than losing the war."

"I have made many tradeoffs I did not want to make, because of what I thought the situation was. I believed Seerow was the Andalite friendliest to us, and he - betrayed and attacked us, I assume because he feared we would end up taking involuntary hosts, but the faction suggesting that was not even the dominant one and if it had become that I would have stopped it." 

He takes an unsteady breath. "But once Seerow was dead I thought it was probably too late for any cooperative strategy. I thought the only way my species could retain anything we cared about was by force. And I tried anyway - I tried to open communications repeatedly, and Alloran used the message instructions I gave him to target attacks on us, and then he - slaughtered a planet of innocent Hork-Bajir, I know Andalites intuitively see being Yeerked as worse than death but in my experience Hork-Bajir do not, my host at the time was far more upset about the murder of all his people than by having me in his head -"

He's rambling and it's hard to stop and focus on what point he's making because he wants Seerow back and he's remembering how Iomedae promised She would make that happen, no matter how long and how many worlds it took, and - no he is not going to make Carissa's body cry because of his emotions... 

"I was wrong. I am delighted to push through an alliance with Iomedae with the Yeerk Council, because She demands that we stop enslaving people, and I never wanted us to take involuntary hosts in the first place. If Carissa wishes to stop having me, I - will probably first make great effort to repair the relationship, because I value her, but I would leave if she asked. Having a host who wants me in their head is much better than not, trust me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites have stopped eating and speaking and fallen silent, to watch him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I admitt - mitt - admittedly do not understand politics at all, but it seems like not enslaving people is easier than enslaving people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What - did you come here for. Today."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because Iomedae thought it would help with ending the war, and I want to do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What is Iomedae playing at." This is directed at the pharaoh as much as at Mhalir.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe She finds it annoying how both of you have beliefs about each other that plainly won't survive ten minutes of conversation."

Permalink Mark Unread

- sigh. "I don't understand," he says, this time to Mhalir, "how you thought there was possibly any victory down the road you were headed down. Whatever you were up to, other Yeerks were setting up mass slavery operations on a dozen planets. And we were - beginning to discuss how we would destroy those, if we had to -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He's exhausted and hurting and suddenly kind of angry.

"I will admit that the higher-ranking Yeerk leadership sometimes overruled what I recommended, and I would have preferred a less - escalatory and slavery-involving - path, but - well, it is less about whether I thought our chances of victory on the path we in fact chose were good, and more that I thought the chances of our species' survival in any other scenario was unacceptably low. Much less our chances of keeping any of our technology, or ever being able to help anyone else in the universe. Maybe I was wrong. But if so I still think I was understandably wrong, given what Seerow did." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not say anything in response, with perhaps some visible effort. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is mad at him for suggesting that it's somehow Mhalir's fault the Andalites like blowing up planets but she doesn't want to start yelling at people in the middle of Mhalir's important negotiations.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir looks the Andalite in the eye. 

"You can shout at me if you want," he says, quietly, gently. "I know I - deserve it, by any reasonable standard, and I will not be angry or offended or anything." He might think of fairness and deservingness as kind of fake concepts but they still have a social meaning. "Whatever you say, I am certain Alloran has said worse to me. And I know it was - not your fault, what Seerow decided, I am not blaming you for it. But I think it might help, here, to have everything out in the open between us." 

He's weirdly calm, all of a sudden. Still very sad, but he's too tired to muster either anger or fear, and he feels oddly far away from the current situation. He wonder what Iomedae must think, watching from a god's perspective as mortals squabble and destroy planets over petty, stupid misunderstandings. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We - we made a lot of mistakes, if it's true there is some other way we could have made Yeerks cease enslaving people. It had not even occurred to me that Yeerks might be confused about whether we'd let them be if they did that. I am not really sure that I believe you. But - accepting that premise, we did many things that should never have been done. But - if it had been only the fate of our own people at stake, we would not have done those things, because it is not right to kill whole worlds to save your own. And it is not right to enslave whole worlds to save your own. And - Yeerks did not actually have to make that choice, you were wrong about that - but I think very poorly of you for choosing to enslave worlds to save their own, even if you sincerely believed that was what they were doing, especially once it became clear that we would not permit you worlds you'd enslaved in this fashion. I believe you that Alloran considered it a mercy, and I believe he was wrong about that, but that wasn't the operative strategic consideration, the strategic consideration was firstly that we would lose the war if we let you have millions of new enslaved hosts and secondly that we hoped if you could not keep planets you'd enslaved you'd stop doing it. You had no reason to believe we'd kill you all! We had your homeworld and we did not kill you all there! You can tell yourself whatever you want about it and I'm glad it's over now but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should have sent him some people."

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes an annoyed full-body gesture like shaking off a fly.

Permalink Mark Unread

" - hey, yeah, he's right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You never say that about me," he snaps at that Andalite.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you have to be right for me to say you are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, he's got a point, because I also thought Khemet was right and I was absolutely not going to say so, last thing he needs."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. See? Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is so incredibly confused.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's probably something to do with them being different versions of the same people (?????) and Mhalir doesn't feel like trying to figure it out right now. He's so tired of feeling like he's running on quicksand, trying to outpace a world that makes no sense anymore. 

"Maybe I was wrong and stupid, in the past. Maybe both of us were. Can we - leave that until later? Right now I want to know what I need to say or do to convince you that I want the war to be over and intend to work in good faith toward that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks back at him, the humor gone from his expression entirely.


"I believe you," he says after a minute. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then we should figure out what steps need to happen in what order, between our people, to achieve that." He...should probably try to be less angry, he's made his point and it won't help to keep wishing the past were different. "I think I can walk the Council through de-escalating and releasing all of our involuntary hosts, but it will be easier to the extent that I have reassuring evidence to offer them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is he right." Head-jerk at the pharaoh. "That the way to do reassuring evidence is to - hand people over to the Yeerks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Letting a Yeerk enter someone's head is - significantly better than truth spells, I think, for verifiably conveying their intent. If I were you, I would consider asking for volunteers here, where Abadar can mediate and the pharaoh's wizards can use enchantments to force the Yeerk not to run off with said volunteers and to leave as soon as they have seen enough." 

Permalink Mark Unread

His face is very still. He nods, after a moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa thinks that even if the Andalites feel about this the same way she felt about the hundreds-of-Yeerks version if your other best plan is blowing up planets you are obliged to suck it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should go talk to Alloran before we finalize any arrangements," Mhalir hears himself say, dully. It's not going to help his cause, but - it seems fair, and important. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't suppose it'd help to try to explain the -" he says very quietly but Carissa has magically enhanced hearing. If anyone answers they do so with thoughtspeech.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is sure he would normally be curious about that, but right now he's mostly thinking that he wants to be not around Andalites anymore. He's not sure where he does want to be. Somewhere else, somewhen else.

"Do you have any other questions for us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances at the pharaoh again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should we be coming up with accommodations? Do you want to meet with people in the church while you are here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have the ship in orbit and were planning to stay there, I think. Also we already went to the temple of Abadar to ask about Him. If there are others in the church who we should meet with, we can do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems like it might be helpful for you to read their minds for the same reason as it would be helpful with the Andalites. We suspect you cannot safely read Ours, it can be debilitating for humans to do so at a lower bandwidth. Prince Merenre, though, perhaps." He gestures at one of the humans, who waves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir turns to look at Prince Merenre, startled. "You - are offering to have a Yeerk in your head so that our people will understand the Church of Abadar better?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there any reason not to do this? It doesn't hurt, it doesn't cause long-term problems that a healing spell cannot solve, there is not an epidemic of people who did not predict caring about it declaring that there was some specific indescribable respect in which they were wrong about thinking it seemed fine?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does not hurt or cause physical damage. I - think we have limited data on your third question, due to the conditions of the war, but I doubt that a few minutes of allowing your mind to be read would be indescribably upsetting, and if you discover it is unpleasant I can and will leave right away. I - suppose I am just surprised that you trust us with that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think probably under ordinary circumstances it will make sense for Yeerks to pay for people to host them," he says. "I am not sure that is a sensible solution in this case, though, given that most of what we are trying to establish is the foundation for being able to do normal trades like that in the future from a position of not being clear on other peoples' sincerity about wanting this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I - appreciate your willingness."

Mhalir is feeling suddenly very reluctant to leave Carissa's head, which his emotions are insisting is safe and cozy, and go into someone else's head which he probably won't like nearly as much. Or maybe the problem is that there are Andalites right there and Yeerks, while outside of a host, are very very squishy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why don't we get you a room somewhere quieter, we can have someone chaperone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." He stands up, nods to the Andalites. 

<Carissa, are you doing all right?> he asks, even though this is sort of redundant because he can read her thoughts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's fine. She wishes she could read everyone's minds. Mhalir doing diplomacy more than other things tends to make her feel - the word that comes to mind is 'Asmodean', but she thinks she's overapplying it lately - like she's terribly interchangeable, but on examination this is a stupid feeling and she doesn't expect Mhalir to do anything about it. She's confused about why they need a chaperone.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Probably to make sure I behave, but I am also glad if it is more difficult for Merenre to decide to murder me when I am helpless.> Pause. <I am grateful to have you here, since you are a wizard and also I assume you are motivated to prevent my death.>

He follows the pharaoh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Merenre's rooms contain an incredibly messy desk and are incredibly neat otherwise; clearly there is one place the servants are not allowed to touch. He sits down in an armchair near the fireplace and gestures at the one next to it. A pretty woman younger than Carissa follows them in, and stands against the wall. The pharaoh nods to Mhalir and leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is absolutely going to try to prevent anyone murdering Mhalir but it's going to be hard, probably, if they try, because she thinks if you get into fights with Osirian royalty you get executed, and you can't Teleport in the Dome. The best shot would probably be to try to knock him out and then get a Sending off to Malduoni and hide and pray he has some way to work around the Dome.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hopefully they won’t try because Abadar is Lawful and it’s not in the economic interests of Osirion to murder the Yeerk leader on Golarion.

“All right, I am leaving Carissa’s head now,” he says to Merenre, and then steels himself and starts doing that.

Permalink Mark Unread

A few seconds after that he is held up to someone's head.

Permalink Mark Unread

He slips in, looks around. Tries not to automatically take control, which he has more practice with now at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Merenre is a sixth-circle priest of the god of economics and the only thing he cares about in the world is economics. But he cares about it so much! He thinks it's so incredibly cool! He exclusively gives people gold for child and wedding presents because it is more efficient for them to use the gold to buy things they care about than for him to do so. He met his wife because she opened a shop that was selling magic items cheaper than anyone else and he went to check it out and got really excited about her strategy and invested a lot of money in it and courteously hit on the proprietor, who he thought was a man, and then later it came out that she was a crossdressing woman so he married her. 

He spends most of his time working out taxation and state insurance schemes and he has written several dozen economics papers elaborating on bits of the theory of how taxes affect wealth or how insurance changes which crops farmers grow. 

That means that by far the most overwhelmingly salient feature of this situation is that there are ALIENS with whom they can trade. He met his alternate world version, who is an Andalite who is similarly obsessed with economics, and he knows that electricity and computers and robotics and spaceships are all things that a civilization can build and he wants to pay people to teach his people how to do it. He is - mostly paying absolutely no attention to any other features of the situation. Wars are bad, and the war needs to be ended so that everybody can trade. Enslaving people is bad because it inefficiently allocates them and also means that their preferences don't get reflected in any of the functioning of the economy; instead, Yeerks can just pay people to be hosts for them. It also vastly improves on the current Osirian systems for criminals (execution, hard labor, or sale as slaves) and he wants to work that out but the Andalites were all horrified so he's not prioritizing it right now. The Andalites have weird values, which is fine, the whole idea of trade is that it works even when everyone has wildly different values. Evidently you'd have to pay Andalites a lot of money for them to agree to have a Yeerk in their head and they are entitled to feel this way even though it's impossible for him to identify any feature of the situation that would justify the high prince to Merenre.

Maybe if you are Khemet and know a lot of state secrets and also your mind is being constantly seared by contact with Abadar. (Merenre is the obvious next candidate for the pharaoh but he dearly hopes he'll never have to take the job. One of the most wonderful Andalite technologies, artificial insemination, was used immediately once Andalites explained it and now hopefully the pharaoh will have lots of heirs like he is supposed to.)

Merenre is unclear how this works; does Mhalir make a copy of him he can peruse later, or is he limited by his bandwidth (a new concept! a wonderful concept!) right now, or does Merenre have to shove thoughts at him. Merenre attempts to shove at him the sincere conviction that all war should end and everybody should instead trade freely with each other and end up richer than they started. (His Andalite alt agrees with this but thinks that trading with the Yeerks while they are actively enslaving people might be the wrong thing to do since none of the gains from trade will be distributed to the laborers who made it possible, what with how they are trapped screaming in their heads. Merenre acknowledged the point but thought you should mostly trade anyway in case it helps, sometimes it does in unexpected ways.)

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is mostly thinking that Merenre's mind is delightful to be in, in a very different way from Carissa's, he doesn't think he'd want to be here all the time but he's learned a dozen new concepts despite having studied the literature on economics from every planet that has it as a field (except the Andalites, it was impossible to get his hands on anything except what Seerow shared with the Yeerks right at the start.) 

He agrees that it's reasonable to ask the Yeerks to stop enslaving people as a condition of doing trade. The involved parties have enough leverage to ask that and make it happen, and - well, Mhalir's opinion is that the Yeerks never actually wanted to enslave people in the long run. It's possible some of the Yeerk Council would disagree with this, if it's the case that mandating voluntary hosts means fewer total hosts and hostless Yeerks in pools, but in fact Mhalir is the one conducting these negotiations on their behalf and so he can express his preferences, which are that it's excellent if the Yeerks have strong incentives to stop doing that.

...It's actually a really interesting question, how to allocate profits between a Yeerk and host working together, because the relationship can vary so much, it depends on both the Yeerk and the host's interests, obviously the host should always get something for offering the use of their eyes and hands and legs, but sometimes the host is the one with an existing skillset like engineering or accounting and is doing a lot of the cognitive work - like Carissa when they work together on magic research -  and sometimes they're not, and it seems like that should be reflected somehow. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Presumably that will be reflected in bidding if you have a halfway reasonable bidding system. Yeerks will pay more for hosts with expertise that's relevant to what they're trying to do, and for hosts that are interested in doing shared work on the problems of interest, and prices will end up reflecting how valuable the expertise or cognitive work is. He's pretty sure it should work elegantly enough as long as people have accurate information on each other's capabilities - maybe you could have a system for leaving reviews...

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir has quite a lot of ideas about this, actually, at various points (usually on long hyperspace trips where he'd run out of other work) he would draft plans for what they could do after the war, and it would be really satisfying to spend a day telling Merenre all his ideas -

- but on reflection now is probably not the time, the purpose of this was for Mhalir to trust that the church of Abadar is genuinely willing to work with the Yeerks, and he's feeling a lot more convinced. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can work on that later, maybe. Merenre's not really paying much attention to the politics but he knows that wars are time-sensitive.

Permalink Mark Unread

He would be delighted to work on it later. He's grateful to Merenre for being willing to do this, and - does Merenre have any questions before Mhalir leaves his head? It'll be easier to have conversations like this. Higher bandwidth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Merenre is curious how Yeerk society is structured internally and whether they have money.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeerks have money! They didn't before Seerow arrived - he was the Andalite who shared technology before the war - but he explained the concept. They have a very top-down command economy right now, because of the war and the fact that they don't really have a civilian sector at all, everything that would've been that is on the blockaded home planet which they've been out of contact with for decades. 

(Mhalir thinks for a moment about Matirin pointing out that the Andalites could have destroyed the Yeerk homeworld if they actually wanted all Yeerks dead, and - well, it's not like they were letting message traffic through, or providing updates, for all the Council knew they might well have killed everyone on the surface without any word getting out, though he remembers thinking they probably would have informed the Yeerks of it if they had, as a threat. Also his model of Andalites is apparently very off so all his thoughts here are uncertain.) 

Yeerk society is obviously influenced by Yeerk biology; Yeerks like to spend most of their time in hosts, but need to return to a pool every three days to absorb a nutrient called kandrona, otherwise they starve. Yeerks in the pool have less of themselves, in some sense, but are also in more direct contact with other Yeerks, communicating via rapid electrical signals - a different use of the same system that lets them interface with arbitrary brains. Also Yeerk reproduction involves three Yeerks merging into a single entity, which then breaks apart into hundreds of separate grubs; obviously this destroys the original 'parents', as a result Yeerks don't have families in the same sense that humans and Andalites do, though birthing groups are a vaguely family-like unit and different pools are sort of analogous to clans or tribes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. ....why would any Yeerk have children, given that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly Mhalir is not the person to ask about this! He finds the idea of ceasing to exist incredibly horrifying and does not intend to ever involve himself in the process of making more baby Yeerks. Evidently there are enough Yeerks who will choose passing on bits of themselves to hundreds of children over their own continued existence. Also it's a lot of grubs that come out of one fusion, so now that Yeerks aren't living in the wild where lots of them get eaten, not that high a fraction of adults even need to do it in order to maintain a stable population. (In practice the Yeerks have been rapidly increasing their population over the course of the war.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Merenre thinks even the human kind of childbearing sounds unpleasant, you would have to pay him a lot of money to do it. He has expressed to his wife the concern that she's not being adequately compensated for it and she felt that it was worth spending money making it less unpleasant but not really worth transferring money internally about it, which would be a bit of a fiction anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Now Mhalir is wondering if the topic of how Andalites used to conceive children before they invented artificial insemination has come up with his alt, although it's possible Merenre prefers not to know. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they explained! It seems even worse than the human version though the Andalites thought the human version sounded pretty bad too. Really ideally you'd be able to bud off versions of yourself to pursue different lines of research.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is sitting silently across from them, very tense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir wants to be back in her head, and they're not really talking about critical war matters anymore, so he thanks Merenre again, asks him to let Carissa know they're done rather than taking over to do it - it seems more polite - and then slips out of Merenre's head. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A few seconds later Carissa takes him back.

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes himself comfortable in her head with relief. <Merenre is very clever and interesting! Certainly he does not speak for everyone in Golarion, but he is a cleric of Abadar and I expect he speaks for Him, and - I am feeling reassured. He is very excited about trading with us. Are you all right?>

Permalink Mark Unread

She is fine. She talked to the servant (slave? seemed rude to ask) a bit and apparently the servant is here because otherwise it'd make her unmarriageable that she was in the same room as the Prince for ten minutes and she doesn't like Osirion but she is fine. And it's good news that Abadar is sincere about mediating here.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Should we go back to the ship? I may want to exchange some messages with the Andalites here before I return to talk to the Council again, to make sure we are on the same page about what I am telling them, but I do not think we need to be in Osirion longer, unless there is something I have forgotten.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir isn't sure if protocol requires that they ask the pharaoh's permission to leave or something, so he asks Merenre.

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, you're free to leave. Did you want to do the Andalites on another trip? I know they're prickly about it but I can tell the one who is me to let you do it and he will."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to give them time to think about it. It would definitely be valuable to us, but - less so if they feel coerced into doing it? And it is time sensitive but not that much of a rush." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I hope your endeavors go well. Someone can show you out." And he gestures vaguely for a servant to do so.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I look forward to speaking again when the war is over." 

Mhalir lets Carissa take the lead in following the servant out of the Dome; he's tired. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is maybe worrying how much of the last few days neither of them have wanted to pilot her body through the next step whatever it is. 

 

They leave the Dome and can call the ship for their ride home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir can take over again for that. 

He's also been wondering if that's worrying. Normally this isn't a problem Yeerks have! He's had a really unreasonable last few weeks, though. And - maybe the fact that he can sometimes let Carissa run things makes it more tempting to do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. She - thinks she also felt it less when she was alone. Because obviously the only alternative to moving forward was giving up, and she wasn't going to do that. Whereas now there is the very tempting option of leaning back and hoping Mhalir can make all the bad things go away. 

She wants to get drunk. And hook up with her ex girlfriend from when she was in the army but there is no reasonable way to do this, at all, so she will settle for getting drunk. First they should report this and make arrangements to go tell the Council about it, probably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They could kidnap her ex-girlfriend they should absolutely not do that. Mhalir doesn't recall ever experiencing his host getting drunk? (He's briefly Yeerked people for interrogations when they were on a lot of drugs so they wouldn't remember it, but he suspects many parts of that experience are different.) Anyway they can go back to the ship and he'll brief his staff on what happened at the palace and after that he's sure the ship can turn up some alcohol for them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah she has thought about whether there is any way to pull it off and she thinks her ex-girlfriend would only bit a bit upset to be kidnapped by aliens but being specifically kidnapped by your ex is kind of a different animal. 

 

Getting drunk is much easier than that, though!

Permalink Mark Unread

Meeting with his staff and briefing them on everything that's happened is a lot easier than the happenings themselves, and Mhalir gets through that efficiently. His people are nervous about the Andalites but agree that it seems to have gone well overall.

Mhalir wants to stay in orbit here until the Andalites have spoken to Alloran, he decides, and he knows what if any updates they've made from it. Which means that it's not going to delay them, particularly, if Carissa spends tonight getting DRUNK. 

<What kind of alcohol do you want?> he asks her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fancy technological alcohol? She doesn't know what the options are.

Permalink Mark Unread

The ship's "kitchen" can mix and recombine its stores of chemical raw materials to output food suitable to various different species' metabolisms and nutritional requirements. It's not the highest-end version of such a device that exists, it doesn't plate foods prettily for you like an automated gourmet chef, but Mhalir is sure it can handle 'liquids containing ethanol plus interesting flavourings'.

He sets the percentage-alcohol at 20%, which seems like it should get Carissa drunk efficiently but not too efficiently, and then pokes around the options a bit. Does Carissa want her fancy technological alcohol to taste like: tea, coffee, any of these fruit or vegetable juices, or any of these other flavour extracts normally used in food dishes? He assumes she doesn't want it to taste like meat or fish or chicken broth, that sounds terrible. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What a world. That does sound terrible. Maybe they can ask some of the other humans on board for suggestions?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure! He goes to ask around with the human hosts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Several of them have opinions about their favourite Earth drinks! 

"Does she like beer or wine or straight liquor or mixed drinks?" one of them asks. "If it's mixed drinks, sweet or fruity or bitter or something else?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can talk directly to Carissa," Mhalir says, "she is the one who has opinions here, I am just along for the ride on this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa doesn't have any idea but it gives some ideas for things to try at least!

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the hosts is delighted to be a 'bartender' at the food-fabricator and give her ten different tiny sample cups of different drinks so she can pick her favourite! There's fake-bourbon with lemon and bitters, there's a raspberry one, there's a Bloody Mary, there's a creamy chocolate mint liqueur, and lots more! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh wow this is fun. She likes the bourbon and the raspberry one and the chocolate mint drink and several of the wines and she really likes the thing where the more of these she has tried the less possible it feels to hold herself tightly enough that nothing awful happens, which didn't work anyway even when she was trying very hard at it. She wants to have so much to drink, right now, because she talked to a god today, and also to the aspect (??) of another god, and also to the mystic theurge of - yeah, today was really really ridiculous. 

She finds it incredibly charming, how whenever she conceives of some random irrelevant thing she wants Mhalir goes to some trouble to arrange for it. She thinks Mhalir is very charming. Right now her brain is actually generating the opinion that Mhalir is cute and she wants to kiss him, even though this objectively does not make a lot of sense and when he was actually in a human body she mostly felt sorry for him and wanted him to stop having to be stuck like that. Probably that was because he looked like a kicked puppy.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's fascinating to discover that Yeerks do, apparently, get something-like-drunk along with their hosts if they are present in the brain the entire time that substances are being consumed. Mhalir had expected less of that, since Yeerks have a synaptic interface but a separate circulatory system, but he's only ever Yeerked drunk-and-drugged people very briefly and after the substances in question had been consumed or administered.

This is at first very mildly alarming, but - well, he's on his ship and pretty safe and he trusts his people and right now this is what his host needs and he thinks maybe it's what he needs too. He instructs the 'bartender' to let them have So Much to drink but to space it out and make sure they drink water and maybe some of the drinks can have fancy food pairings? Wine and cheese tastings are a thing humans on Earth do, he thinks vaguely. 

This is nice! He likes it when Carissa is happy! He feels kind of sparkly about it, in a similarish way to how he felt sparkly about economics before when he was in Merenre's head, except that this is HIS Carissa and he gets to be in her head ALL THE TIME and he's so happy about that!

- honestly he's always been kind of confused by what humans get out of kissing, and what Andalites get out of their equivalent activities, Yeerks don't have an equivalent there, but maybe Carissa can explain it to him better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm, she can try? It's like, you spend all your time being very very cautious and reasonable and managing your expectations and not letting yourself want things, if you have any sense at all, and then there's this one context where it feels like all the ordinary rules are a bit topsy-turvy, and you can step out of your ordinary life into the situation where you're topless and kissing someone and instead of feeling strange like it objectively ought to, it feels nice, the way sitting close to a fire feels nice and the way doing challenging magic to the point of exhaustion feels nice, the sense of tasting something past the things you ordinarily do - you want something, and normally you try not to want things, but in this context wanting this thing is entirely fine and reasonable, and it collects all the cached-up wanting from a thousand other things and tries to carry you off.

And you still have to be careful and not an idiot, this is the main reason she doesn't hook up with men, because if you're hooking up with men and you lean too much into pretending that everything doesn't follow the ordinary rules you'll get hurt, but if you're with someone who is getting what they want from this interaction without having to maneuver you too much for it, then you can just let wanting carry you, and it's unlike everything else about being alive, and it's nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Possibly they should talk to someone who's not an Asmodean about what non-Asmodeans get out of kissing. He's suddenly very curious if Malduoni kisses his wife, or used to when both of them weren't so ancient, and if so what he gets out of it, that feels more helpful because he's supposedly the same general-person-shape as Mhalir, who - doesn't exactly avoid letting himself want things, he wants so many things so strongly all the time, but exactly because of that he's usually prioritizing ruthlessly between them and he's not sure 'kissing' would ever make the cut before all the stupid problems in the world are fixed. 

But...maybe there's a similar shape of thing, in that? If you're someone who wants a thousand things very intensely, and some of them are bigger and harder and loomingly urgent and it's hard to set those aside and focus on the things that are small and restful and just...nice...then maybe there's a thing there that gets piled up the same way. Because it does feel kind of like there's some pressure held behind a dam, and he's not, yet, quite relaxed enough to let go of it fully, but - stretching the metaphor - he's opening the sluicegate and letting some of that pent-up something through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe? She doesn't know much about what powerful people get out of sex and would have guessed from first principles that mostly they get the ability to make someone else not at all dangerous to them and then whatever nice things you can have after that, adjusted to taste. This is probably a pretty Asmodean opinion. ...and also, actually, many powerful nobles she's heard of take up with devils and not even necessarily bound devils, which suggests that maybe many people want something other than safety out of their sex life. 

 

Maybe - this is kind of hazy but she thinks it holds together - a nice thing about having a voluntary host is that you have to be at least a little nice to them, so they'll keep working with you, and this means you can put nice things on your to-do list and have them be legitimate strategic priorities, and Mhalir would actually be happier if Carissa had higher standards because then their priorities would include more nice things.

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems right but also incomplete and he's not sure how to describe the missing piece. Probably because they're drunk. He doesn't feel very motivated to dig into it further, right now, instead he wants Carissa to ask the bartender-host for another drink, and they can stop trying to hold themselves tightly enough that nothing awful will happen, and just - live in the world, as it is right now, the very small world defined by the walls of the ship dining-room. It's a nice world, when you define it that narrowly. It doesn't have very many problems at all. 

He's both nonplussed and amused by the fact that nobles like to hook up with devils??? Are devils just hot or something? Now he's wondering if devils can be Yeerked. And if Carissa would find it hot if he captured a devil for her and infested them so she could have sex with a devil who was temporarily harmless. This is presumably a bad idea in a dozen different ways, of course. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is a bad idea and most of the appealing bit is Mhalir having a body with which he could hook up with her, the devil is pretty incidental. Devils come in lots of shapes and some of them are hot but she has no particular desire to hook up with one, even when she thought that they were the thing she should inevitably aim to become. Also it seems like sex with Mhalir would be worse if there were some other party present to keep track of even though this is pretty inevitably going to be a feature of sex with Mhalir, unless they're counting it as having sex if she gives him her hand to get her off. Which ought to count, now that she thinks about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if she gets powerful enough to cast Polymorph she can make him a temporary human body that looks however she wants it to look? Although Mhalir would have to get used to not knowing all her thoughts and feelings all the time, and right now he doesn't think he understands how human sex works nearly well enough to manage without that. ...If she wants to do a sharing-partial-control of her body thing, though, that sounds easier?

(Mhalir is not really thinking of this as different from 'getting drunk because Carissa wants to', they're both human things that are a bit baffling to him but also fun to the extent Carissa finds them fun.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sober Carissa might think this is a terrible idea but drunk Carissa thinks it is a great idea though they will have to go back to their rooms not the ship's dining room and she is not sure she is very steady on her feet. Maybe she can cast Cat's Grace and then they will be able to walk, except casting drunk is also hard. Is Mhalir less drunk, can he do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir thinks he's somewhat less drunk than Carissa, or maybe it's just that Yeerks experience different effects from drunkenness and he's less impaired in his ability to pilot their her body than she is, or that he's the same amount of drunk but they can combine their still-working skills and get twice as much ability to do things.

He can take over, politely thank the bartender-host for the lovely evening, use Carissa's knowledge of spellcasting to cast Cat's Grace, and then very carefully walk drunk Carissa back to their rooms. He spends a moment wondering if he should try to stop drunk Carissa from doing something sober Carissa might think is a terrible idea, but he gets stuck on the fact that he can't figure why on earth she would think that, it seems actually a lot less risky than getting drunk since humans can get sick from drinking too much.

He makes them drink more water and then conveys Carissa's body to her bed, and - waits to see what she wants him to do next, he is somewhat hazy on the details and he can probably figure it out by diving deeper into her memories but it seems respectful to let her do some of the prompting here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sober Carissa's worry will probably be something like that once you're fucking a guy he doesn't see you the same way but she is not really sure it's applicable to Yeerks, it doesn't seem like any of the usual reasons for it are, and also sober Carissa worries about too many things and tries too hard not to want things and not to react to things and not to make anything complicated and it's very very tiring and sober Carissa is FIRED from making decisions about Carissa things right now. She thinks this is unreasonably funny and starts giggling. If Mhalir can drag up instructions from her brain that would actually be great because she is not sure she is sober enough to give very good instructions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir thinks maybe he will learn things about Carissa he hadn't fully grokked before, but he's definitely not going to see her in a worse light, that would be so silly. Worrying about things is maybe reasonable for the tomorrow versions of them, who will have to forge out into the bigger world that has so many problems in need of fixing, but right now the bounds of the world are defined by the walls of their bedroom and it's fine and there is nothing worth worrying about at all. 

He will drag up instructions from Carissa's brain and go from there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Drunk Carissa thinks she made great life choices. It is incredibly convenient how with Yeerks you can get the precise combination of 'knows exactly what you really want next' and also not having to make decisions! Yeerks should advertise this advantage of having them. Though it would probably not be nice at all if it wasn't Mhalir, who she trusts not to hurt her. (Sober Carissa would caveat that, would remember Mhalir the first time she read his mind, absolutely willing to puppet her body through making him magic items for the rest of the war, if it was the best way to get what he wanted, would remember that she has to make sure it isn't, but drunk Carissa thinks that this is a fake problem she doesn't actually have or need to worry about, and also thinks that Mhalir being scary is hot.)

The best state of affairs turns out to be if Mhalir controls only her hands because then the rest of her can squirm. It is kind of like being tied down which is one of those things which seems like it'd be hot if it were ever not really stupid.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elsewhere, Malduoni is fretting. 

This is probably not how he would describe it himself, but it's what Parmida would say. He's made all the preparations that can be done quietly and in secret and without actually having a date set for the move on Cheliax. From here, his main army can be ready to move in two days, though of course it'll take longer to actually get them all to Cheliax. His various auxiliary plans are also one order away from being in motion. 

He doesn't know how long the Andalites and Yeerks will need to come to an agreement, and it seems optimal to have at most one complicated and delicate operation going on at once, so he waits. And frets. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And in the middle of the night the next day, though not at a moment when he is actually asleep, there's a tug that is instantly identifiable if you know enough about magic as the use of a Wish to relocate people against their will - it works across planes, used like that, there's a known safe wording -

- and at the same time Parmida's ring of Status notifies him that it's been taken off, or destroyed, or suppressed with Dispel Magic or an Antimagic Field.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is not a good sign at all

Malduoni works and sleeps with his Bag of Holding within reach all the time, now, ready to go on a second's notice if something goes wrong, and this isn't what he expected to go wrong - the house in Absalom is very well protected - but it's demonstrably happening. 

He's already halfway to casting a Teleport - does Zahra's Ring of Status think that she's still in Absalom - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Which is separately weird, she's supposed to Teleport to him if anything happens.

Permalink Mark Unread

Additional weirdness is also not a good sign right now! Though it hasn't been long and he's faster at reacting and casting spells than she is. 

Malduoni is mostly not worried that walking into any fight will be more than he can handle, though. He has Wish-grade diamonds on him as well but Zahra won't be able to tell it's him trying to kidnap her that way versus whoever just tried and failed. (Almost certainly Asmodeus, but that question can wait a few seconds.) 

He casts a Quickened Teleport to the front doorstep of the house in Absalom -

Permalink Mark Unread

The Teleport fails. It's Greater Teleport so it fails gently, just drops him right where he left. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni has a strong suspicion about what spell is causing this effect. Which means, fortunately, that he can guess at its range. 

Also the fact that he's going to find a lot of collateral damage sitting around. 

He casts another Teleport, this time to a block away, and spends about a second scanning the area with all of his permanent magic senses before running - not quite sprinting, his knees won't take it anymore - in the direction of his wife and daughter's house. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell Forbiddance has been used to block teleportation and dimensional transit into and out of the house and surrounding area. Also the house has been broken into and there's soldiers streaming in.

(Also, whatever tried to Wish-transport him tries again.)

Permalink Mark Unread

They do not succeed. 

He casts Dispel Magic on the Forbiddance and then he can attempt to Dimension Door into the house ahead of the soldiers, it did have protections against Teleports including from him but rather a lot of protective spells must have been breached in order to break in at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The protective spells seem to indeed no longer be up. There's someone in Zahra's bedroom in a Prismatic Sphere. It's almost certainly Zahra, who would've had a scroll of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Before any of the soldiers can react to his appearance, Malduoni's hand is sliding back out from his Bag of Holding. The smaller bag he pulls out has ten Symbols of Death and normally he would spend five seconds estimating and counting out the required number but he doesn't feel like wasting time here and he does feel like overkill is VERY CORRECT.

Add on a couple of Symbols of Pain, which he does bother to count individually, it'll be the first time in a while that he's tortured anyone and he would really prefer if, oh, Symbols of Unconsciousness, but in fact these are the only incapacitating Symbol with an effect that can't be resisted. 

All of them go on the floor at his feet and he activates them with a whispered word. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This kills all but one of the people breaking into his house, and that one collapses in agony.

 

Zahra is unaffected; you can make people immune to your Symbols, and he did this, and also she's in a Prismatic Sphere.

Permalink Mark Unread

That person is no longer in any shape to resist Malduoni's spells or fight back, and he kills them very easily, it's safer and also better than leaving them to be tortured for the next ninety minutes. 

He would like his daughter to no longer be in the house! Asmodeus - he's more sure of that identification, now, all the soldiers he laid eyes on read Lawful Evil - is going to keep trying at least a few more times to grab them. There are a couple of places he can think of where Zahra will be safe, or at least much safer, and they should get to one of those places as soon as possible. 

Unfortunately: she is in a Prismatic Sphere! He can't get in. She could in theory walk out, but she can't see out either and so has no way of knowing that he's here and leaving it is now safer than staying. She's going to do the very sensible thing and stay put. 

There's a protocol for this exact situation, since 'cast a Prismatic Sphere and wait' is one of the backup options if they're in trouble and Teleport is blocked. He has a Rod of Cancellation which can take down the Prismatic Sphere, and now that everyone nearby is dead it's not very dangerous. Just terrifying for Zahra.

He prepares himself to cast another Teleport immediately once he reaches her. And then cancels the Prismatic Sphere. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Zahra is terrified. Mom's gone, she says through the Telepathic Bond once the Prismatic Sphere is down.. (Her ring of Status also starts working once the Prismatic Sphere is down.) I don't know what happened.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know.

Malduoni says nothing else, just takes a step forward and seizes her hand and Teleports them both. He's - not exactly at his most reassuring, right now. In fact, he's nearer his most terrifying. 

They land right outside the Dome, in Sothis.

Malduoni's eyes scan for the nearest guard. "We are under attack from Hell, we need entry now, you can truth spell me -"

Permalink Mark Unread

- they're really confused! They will - fetch someone higher up very promptly!

Permalink Mark Unread

He casts a couple of spells to help Zahra resist any further attempts at Wish-kidnappings to Hell, and then takes out a diamond concentrates hard, and - tries to transport Parmida back to right here.

This does not work.

He wasn't really expecting it to. He holds his daughter's hand tightly, his eyes continuing to scan their surroundings for threats as they wait. 

Permalink Mark Unread

At some point they seem to stop trying to Wish-kidnap them to Hell. At some point shortly after that they're escorted into the Dome by a very confused cleric. 


"What - is going on -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni relaxes but not by much. He introduces himself as Malduoni, elected leader of Rahadoum, and then describes, tersely, the attempted transport that he resisted, the scene he found at his wife and daughter's house in Absalom, and the fact that the Dome is the only place in the material plane that he knows is magically secure against the kidnapping method. 

"Some of the matters here are very sensitive," he says tightly. "I need to speak to the pharaoh, and to the aliens here for negotiations mediated by Abadar."

Probably this is horrifyingly against protocol but he is not, currently, inclined to care. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll, uh, escalate that again. Zahra is still clinging to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is feeling very very impatient, but making more demands isn't going to speed anything up here. He puts his arm around Zahra, protectively, which does quite a lot to mitigate the scariness of his cold vigilant expression. 

They wait. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone can show them in to see the pharaoh about a minute later. Security looks miserable about this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh looks like someone who is both very good at not looking overawed and not very accustomed to feeling it but who got a lot of interesting information in the last two minutes. He gestures wordlessly at his demiplane full of Andalites.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hesitates very briefly, then releases Zahra, telling her you can come if you want but I expect to be very busy, and steps through, eyes scanning the group of them.

"I need your help," he says while still trying to figure out which of them is in charge here. "I assume you know of Hell and of Asmodeus?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes> one of them says immediately. <Your evil god who tortures and enslaves people.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have spent the last several decades preparing an army in Rahadoum to retake Cheliax," Malduoni says, his voice very level. "This was for obvious reasons a closely-held secret until today. However, from the fact that He just attempted to kidnap myself and my daughter, and did successfully kidnap my wife, I gather that Asmodeus is now aware of my plans. I had intended to conquer Cheliax first and then move on to Hell, but since He is forewarned and also has my wife," for a moment his voice is not level at all, "it might be best to approach in the opposite order. Your people and the Yeerks have weapons which could in theory destroy Hell, yes?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

<- we don't understand gods very well yet. Our ship weapons can end life on the surface of a planet. We don't have a good guess what a god would be able to do if we fired on territory they - controlled, in a god way.. There are weapons that do damage indirectly well outside their main blast radius, it seemed probable that the gods would find those effects hard to counter.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"He could counter some of it. Less if there's a lot going on."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "You do not have your ships here, though, correct?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

<No. This place is a long journey from our homeworld and our nearest fleet deployments.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"Using our world's magic, I can create twenty cubic feet of an arbitrary substance, if it is nonmagical and does not contain too much complex internal structure, and assuming I have a starting sample but it need only be a tiny amount. Given this, what could I make which would cause the most damage to a place." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- the Andalites seem to think this is a fun technical problem. There is a very fast astonishingly incomprehensible Thoughtspeech conversation. 

<We have a small reactor here to run our computers> someone says after a minute, and trots over and slices its cover off with a tail-flick and pulls something out. it's very small. <You want a lot of this - can you do it under arbitrary pressure or at arbitrary temperatures ->

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. How much damage will twenty cubic feet of it cause, if under the temperature and pressure you are thinking of? I am trying to figure out if I will need to do it more than once in order to destroy all of a given plane of Hell." 

Permalink Mark Unread

<This is not nearly as good as a ship's weapon. It is only going to destroy everything for around six hundred forty miles around.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"How fast could you relocate your ships and their weapons here. ...I suppose I can also ask the same question of the Yeerks." 

Permalink Mark Unread

A ripple of unhappy twitches. <Without magic it'd be a month.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"With magic it would be an hour, though." Nefreti walks into the demiplane behind him, trailed by very unhappy security.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh - you think you could figure out something we can do, maybe with Miracle?" Malduoni wasn't able to think of anything he could do, and hadn't gotten as far as deciding whether to ask Nefreti for help again, but it seems she's bypassed that step. "I can take us to the time-dilated demiplane again if we need research time. I want to try to get Parmida out first, and if I cannot reach her with a Gate then I want to Wish-transport the smaller weapon there and raise her afterward, if there is enough accompanying destruction then Asmodeus will not have a chance to capture her soul." He says it calmly, very neutral, without a hint that he has any particular emotions about murdering his wife with an alien superweapon as a rescue plan. "Either way I want to be ready to move on a full-scale attack immediately rather than give Asmodeus more warning about our capabilities and time to prepare." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I think I can figure out something I could do with a Miracle. We should do the explosions first since then we can sleep in time dilation and have our spells back."

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is perfectly still for about five seconds, and then nods, shortly. 

"I want to prepare a Sending to Carissa first and ask them to bring the shuttle down again." He turns to the pharaoh. "May I do that from here." Magically speaking he thinks the answer is yes but it still seems polite to ask for permission. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

He does that. 

"This is Malduoni. We are under attack from Asmodeus. Planning war with Andalites. Please bring shuttle to Dome now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- Carissa wakes up abruptly, with a very bad headache and a feeling like the world is falling apart -

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is also being woken from a deep and still-somewhat-drunk sleep, but is less affected by the hangover than Carissa, and manages to process the content of the Sending within a couple of seconds. 

"On our way," he answers, and gets to work on piloting Carissa's body to sit up, while trying very hard to ignore a lot of the sensory data it's sending him.

<I am sorry. We have to go. Asmodeus attacked Malduoni or something, they are planning a counterattack.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

She was piecing that together. Slowly. 

 

Asmodeus knows. 

She's so scared.

Permalink Mark Unread

He wrangles them out of bed, gulps some more water from the cup on the nightstand. Triggers the ship alarm to wake everyone else.

<Malduoni was planning to conquer Cheliax. He had an army in Rahadoum. Iomedae asked me to go to him and help, after the talks were done. She thought you - would be more ready by then. But I suspect we are moving on that early.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. 

 

 

It doesn't make sense for her to be in pain. Carissa before any of this happened would have agreed that anyone who could take Cheliax was entitled to, just like Cheliax was entitled to any place it could take; the distress of conquered peoples is a predictable feature of reality but not one they can not-laughably expect anyone else to give any weight. 

But now she's tried wanting things, and she wants - not this. 

 

She lets Mhalir pilot.

Permalink Mark Unread

<I am so sorry. You - I will not demand your help with this part.> 

And it doesn't feel like there's anything else to be said, really, he hates it and in particular it feels like a very unfair series to happen just when Carissa had been discovering how to relax more, but...it is what it is. Reality won't change from him glaring at it. 

Mhalir explains the situation, barks orders, heads for the shuttle. One step at a time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are on their way," Malduoni says to Nefreti and the pharaoh. "I - suppose we can prepare for some explosions now." He looks to the Andalites. "My assumption is that this - weapon - that I am making, is not going to be very stable once it exists, and so I had better leave that to the exact moment before I transport it to a place I wish destroyed?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Also it will give everybody in the vicinity cancer, though if they close the door to the demiplane that will mostly be high level locals, who they understand to be able to take it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni nods, glancing at the pharaoh. "I will unfortunately need to make it before I transport it, since I do not intend to, myself, enter Hell. I am sure Asmodeus was hoping I would take the bait and I do not wish to find out what He had planned if I did." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose I can step out to be safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni nods. Looks at the Andalites. "Should your people also step out for it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

<We can morph a form that can handle it.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. He turns to Nefreti.

"My plan is to cast Major Creation first, since it will take ten minutes. Then I will attempt to cast Gate to Parmida, and if that fails I will conclude she was in an inner circle of Hell. I already tried to Wish her to me while I was waiting outside and it did not work and is probably not worth trying again. If Gate fails as well, I will Wish the weapon to her location instead. Do you have True Resurrection prepared today? I have diamonds for it. We are not going to be able to retrieve her body even if it is not entirely destroyed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do," Nefreti says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. Waits for the Andalites to all be in morph before he starts casting Major Creation, generating a vast quantity of weapon from the very small amount they showed him. He confirms first that it will be stable for at least a minute after he's done, to give time to cast Gate and/or Wish. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is not responsible weapon design procedure at all but it should be stable until it is deliberately set off and they'll be able to notice if it's not and presumably he can turn it into water or something because magic is ridiculous bullshit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Magic is ridiculous bullshit, that does help. Malduoni is still very much hoping the weapon doesn't go unstable because having to start over on this will cost precious time and Parmida is in Hell. He's very calm about this fact but it takes a deliberate effort of will to stay that way. 

He casts the spell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a complicated spell and takes a long time. 

Halfway through there's a Sending.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden! Frankly, I hoped not to see you again, but so it goes. With your promise to depart for the alien planet and not come back, I will return your wife."

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not deign to answer that. He keeps working on the spell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - you're not going to have ten minutes, he can destroy her faster than that -"

Permalink Mark Unread

And Asmodeus will have no reason not to, since Aroden - it doesn't feel like there's much point in continuing with the fiction that he's only Malduoni - is unwilling to negotiate. 

He abandons the half-cast spell scaffolding, letting it crumble, and reaches for his Rod of Security, doing rapid mental calculations from the count of nearby Andalites in morph. "Nefreti, how fast could you get Mhalir and Carissa here -"

Permalink Mark Unread

She opens a Gate on them. "Hey!" she yells. "We're in a hurry!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is the one piloting their body and he reacts fast, turning toward the shout and hesitating for only a fraction of a second, while he parses the scene, before diving through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Aroden activates the Rod of Security and all of them are suddenly in a lush little meadow demiplane, with time outside of it approximately paused. 

Aroden sits down and makes an irritated noise. "I dislike Asmodeus." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The alternatives are even worse."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden frowns into the distance for a while, then shrugs. "I cannot cast a Gate from here to Hell directly, with the time dilation, but I think it ought not interfere with using Wish to transport the weapon. And - it was always a long shot to get Parmida out alive. Asmodeus has to be expecting I would try that. So - I think the correct strategy is to do that from here at some point, and also do all of our planning," he glances around at the Andalites and Mhalir in Carissa's body, "and research the spell needed to transport the ships here when we are ready to leave." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir listens, stony-faced. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites glance at Mhalir a little nervously and direct estimates of how many ships they have that could be Gated in on short notice to Aroden directly without sharing them with Mhalir. They're - not totally clear on how their ships will fly on other planes? Presumably the ones that are big and flat are doing something really weird with gravity and they can do correspondingly weird things with anti-gravity but only if they know what's going on.

Permalink Mark Unread

He knows a lot about this (at least, Aroden thinks, he did as a god, and can likely retrieve some of those intuitions at the cost of a horrible headache). It's complicated so he'll save the explanation for later.

Aroden could in theory cast Major Creation again right now, he has a Pearl of Power available for it, but - maybe better to wait. They're no longer crunched for time, even with this many people they could stay up to a week. And he might think of something better in a day or two. 

It's distracting, feeling like he hasn't made a decision one way or another on whether to murder his wife in Hell, but he can set that feeling aside and focus anyway, working with Nefreti on how they need to modify the structure of Gate to meet the new requirements. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir feels very useless right now. Carissa's knowledge of magic is nowhere near adequate to keeping up with Malduoni and Nefreti. 

Instead he turns to the Andalites. "I suppose we are not going to have time for further back and forth on our negotiations. I cannot contact the Council from here, but we can at least use this time to discuss and finalize some agreement amongst ourselves." 

Permalink Mark Unread

<We also do not speak for our Electorate. But if you stop enslaving people and pay reparations to the people enslaved then I cannot imagine we would have any further quarrel with you worth pursuing at the cost of this war.>

Permalink Mark Unread

They can talk about details of reparations, then, while the ninth-level casters do their advanced research. The time-dilated demiplane has water, and fresh fruits and vegetables; after a while he feels less miserably hungover. 

He wishes he could do more for Carissa's entirely emotional misery, but - what is he supposed to say. He's going to help the others conquer her homeland and destroy Hell. He can't ask her not to be upset about that, even if he has no other option. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is curled up being mopey. Also she keeps thinking about how Mhalir and Malduoni are supposedly the same - person? The same story? And maybe that means that the difference between Good and Evil is in fact like the difference between Andalites and Yeerks, not fake but - everyone convinced they have no choice but to destroy each other when they do - she kind of wants to petition Iomedae about this even though it almost definitely won't help and anyway Iomedae can't interact with the time dilation either, she doesn't think, if She could then presumably Asmodeus could and it wouldn't be helpful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir has also been wondering about that. He doesn't know how to address it productively here. It - seems different? Asmodeus wants everyone to go to Hell, where they get tortured. This seems...very hard to deny, at this point, whereas the whole thing with the Andalites is that they turned out to have very different values from the ones he thought they did. 

He doesn't share those thoughts with Carissa. At some point they should talk about it - and maybe she's right and they should talk to Iomedae too before committing their resources - but right now they're not committing to action, really, just helping plan. So he might as well do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites are trying to figure out how the various layers of Hell relate to the other planes and particularly to z-space; they have better planar travel than Yeerks and frequently fight battles by hopping into and out of z-space so they can choose when to engage, and they'd much prefer to do that here but they're not sure how the planes they know of are configured relative to Golarion's Outer Planes, which they had not previously heard of. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti knows all of these things though her explanations do not tend to immediately make sense or indeed have any relevance at all. She explains one point about planar distance with a long meandering analogy about a rabbit with three burrows.

Permalink Mark Unread

<How did you get to this world in the first place> he asks Mhalir at one point.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have an experimental jump ship design. - I have not shared it with any of my people except those here in the system with us." 

And he hesitates only a few moments before offering to explain it now if the Andalite is interested. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalite is interested! And perhaps an impolite amount of surprised that he came up with something this clever.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is not offended. He's happy to explain; it's interesting, and will generate goodwill with the Andalites, and it means he's not being useless during their precious time-outside-time. 

At some point he mentions offhand that one of the avenues he explored was informed by his previous independent research on morph. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has been doing independent research on morph? - well, it would make sense to want to reinvent it if you could. It'd be hard though, it was a massive project.

Permalink Mark Unread

He didn't expect he would ever be able to reinvent it entirely on his own but he was working on some edge-case pieces. 

(Mhalir considers, briefly, whether he should avoid talking about this at all, and then decides it hardly matters anymore; he can't maintain that contingency-plan for immortality now that he's no longer in Alloran's body, and Golarion Resurrection is a better option for that anyway.) 

He can explain what he was working on, if the Andalite scientist wants to know! It involved hooking a second tether to an existing morph setup... 

Permalink Mark Unread

- oh, wow, really? He had a similar project; with multiple tethers you could eliminate the time limit and maybe make it possible to retrieve people if killed in morph, and there's a related tweak that means a Yeerk infested a morphed form would have very little control or information - unapologetic tail-twitch - so they could maybe send people on more dangerous missions to learn what's going on on Yeerk planets. Eventually, of course, you could use it to make everybody immortal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir doesn't explicitly say that his variant was for surviving if Alloran died in morph; he implies it was more exploratory and less complete than it really was; but he cheerfully explains the aspects he studied and some of what he figured out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is impressed and thoroughly distracted from the discussion of the planes and just wants to talk about that for the next several hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems like the planar stuff is mostly bottlenecked on Malduoni finishing his explanation to the Andalites, and he's busy, so Mhalir is happy to keep talking at it until they're interrupted or Carissa's body is tired enough to need to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

With her Ring of Sustenance Carissa doesn't actually need very much sleep anymore. She's tired in a more fundamental sort of way. She can't follow their conversation. She has occasionally idly considered trying to grab her body back and lunge at the Andalite so he will kill them. This solves absolutely none of her problems at all and in fact gives her far worse problems which makes it odd that her brain even generated it as a prospective solution. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir, when he manages to free enough of his attention from planar math to notice, thinks it's very worrying that her brain generated this solution! Asking if she's all right is an incredibly stupid question, though. 

Eventually he manages to extract himself from the conversation, says he needs a break to walk around and eat. Starts doing this. 

<Is there anything I can do to make this easier?> he asks Carissa. <We are going to be much more pressed for time after we leave this demiplane, but - telling the Andalites about my previous research is not actually time-sensitive, we can take a break if that would help.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa feels a very unreasonable flash of irritation at the very reasonable question. Everything is about as easy as it possibly can be. They're in a beautiful bountiful demiplane outside of time and whenever in this planning session they need to know things about the Chelish military the things in question will be lifted out her head neatly and painlessly without even taking her hair off. And then they will leave this place and destroy everyone in Hell. And it's not as if Hell wouldn't do the same to them. 

 

It feels kind of like if she were valuable enough then it would seem wasteful to them to kill however many million of her there are in Hell but she doesn't exactly believe that either. Probably it wouldn't matter. This is about Asmodeus and Iomedae and - 

- she kind of wishes Mhalir would just tell her to shut up and stop being silly and then it'd be easier to - be Asmodean about all of this which ironically means being unbothered by fighting Asmodeus.

Permalink Mark Unread

<I could. But - I think it would be bad for– I was going to say 'bad for you' but I should be honest about what I mean. Bad for the person I would prefer to see you grow into, as you - learn that you do not need to stay small. Becoming small again would - make it hurt less, I suppose, right now, but, just...> 

There's a nameless emotion rising in him, he's struggling to pin it down. 

<...We are doing something monstrous> he says finally. <Because we believe the alternative would be even worse. But - I would not ever ask you to say it was all right, for us to march on Cheliax and melt Hell into slag. It is wasteful. I...do not want you to cut out your own values in order to be more convenient to me.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

She wants - 

- she has no idea what she wants. She doesn't want to want things she can't have. It seems like a waste of wanting things. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir isn't sure what to say to her. He...wishes she could feel that someday she would be stronger and bigger and able to demand of the universe everything that she wants. But she isn't that strong, yet, and neither is he, and - he doesn't know how to convey what let him bear it, losing the things that mattered indescribably much to him, over and over. 

He remembers what it felt like, the first time he saw his own world from space. 

The first time he saw the stars through Hork-Bajir eyes. Gedd vision isn't good enough to really give the same gist. 

The feeling he felt, then, was: this is mine. This is worth protecting. 

Mhalir has always wanted so much, and more every time his horizons widen and he sees more that's worth protecting, now he knows that there are many many worlds and he wants to fight for all of them forever and - 

- and he's going to lose, over and over, that's the price of having wildly ambitious wants, and maybe it's a waste, but it would be a far greater waste, surely, if those very real things out in the world fail to be protected, and they still exist whether or not he lets himself want to protect them, and, and, and... 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She wants to prepare spells. They didn't do it before leaving and she'd like to have them, even if it doesn't matter here. And she wants to - help with planning for after they've won in Cheliax. Because everyone will be so scared, and she's worried that they'll consider it good enough, to build Osirion or something, where people mostly don't go to Hell - 

Permalink Mark Unread

They should prepare spells, then! Mhalir also thinks it's very reasonable to want them, even here. And - yes, Mhalir thinks it could be very valuable to have Carissa's help planning what to do with Cheliax, later, when all of this is over. He absolutely agrees that building Osirion isn't good enough. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will try to pull herself together to prepare spells, then. 

She feels like she should apologize to Mhalir because he is very nice and she's been being really difficult all day but she doesn't actually want to, she isn't quite up for caring about specific other people right now, and he can presumably tell that so it'd make it not worth apologizing. She hopes he's having an okay time anyway since he can talk about planar research with Andalites.

Permalink Mark Unread

<I am fine. I have been doing this kind of thing for decades and trust me, working with you is a hundred times easier than working with Alloran even when you are having a bad time of things.> 

Once they're done preparing spells and having a snack, he goes back to the Andalites and says that he would be delighted to keep talking about morph research but maybe they should figure out an agenda of topics that need to be discussed before they run out of demiplane time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

<I hate politics and think they're stupid> Farin says. <But I guess you should go sort that out with Matirin.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir manages not to give Farin a frustrated look. It takes willpower. 

He goes to talk to Matirin about what politics need to be covered before they head back into the usual world and its usual inevitable flow of time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They should probably have the general agreement they already have in writing in both languages to take back, and a proposed timeline for next steps (Andalites want a timeline for all the enslaved people being freed, Yeerks could maybe have their homeworld un-blockaded once they start making progress on that.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is thinking, again, about the number of Yeerks who he's pretty sure believe the Andalites turned their homeworld to molten slag years or decades ago, because they never said anything. He doesn't speak up to Matirin, though. 

He has his computer tablet with him and he's very fast at writing things up when he wants to be. He gets his idea of their agreement written down and shows Matirin and can have some discussion and incorporate suggestions in just a couple of hours, so they can move on to something less tedious than politics where everyone involved already knows what answer is going to come out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds good. There are higher priorities right now, strange as that is.

Permalink Mark Unread

By the time Mhalir finishes the written agreement to bring back to the Yeerk Council at some point, though, it's in fact late enough to sleep. He finds a comfy spot in the demiplane and has Carissa's body curl up. 

...Hopefully they won't be here longer than three days, he realizes, or he's going to need to beg Malduoni or Nefreti's mercy to figure out a replacement for the Yeerk pool's kandrona generator. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa sleeps terribly and has nightmares about everyone she knows being lit afire by enemy ships and screaming as they die that she should've warned them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They wake up well-rested anyway because of the Ring of Sustenance. 

Mhalir gets up, stretches, and checks if anyone else is awake and if so what they’re doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Farin and some other Andalites are coming up with a model of how planar distance works in Hell; they'd ideally have time to test it but they can probably make do without. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir doesn’t know any particulars about Golarion planes, but morph research involves lots of interaction with other planes in general, and he can help them theorize about it while Malduoni is still busy researching how to get the Andalite ships here.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they can kidnap people to here with Wishes, Carissa thinks dully, and they have lots of Wishes, they could kidnap Chelish wizards from the Academae in Korvosa who probably know a lot about the details of Hell in particular and who they'll otherwise be fighting in a day anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Mhalir isn’t sure if that will work but he can wait until it looks like Malduoni is taking a break and then go ask him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni thinks that would work, probably? And is inclined to just try one now and see, if it does work he may want to plan spell preparation while they’re here around it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa knows people who were studying at the Academae. Some of them came up to the Worldwound, it's great for levelling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni notes down their names, and then he gets out a Wish-grade diamond and casts it and attempts to transport everyone on the list to their current location, ready to instantly incapacitate them if they resist. (He could try for a lot more people than this, actually, it depends on strength of caster, but Carissa didn't have more names.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Two of them block the spell; two of them don't, and are immediately very startled and going to try to Teleport out of here about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are going to have a hard time with that, since they’ve landed smack in the middle of the antimagic field that Aroden cast right before transporting them here.

Permalink Mark Unread

- that seems like a situation for the standard kind of running awa - what the fuck are the blue horse things? Is that Nefreti Clepati?

"I...thought that antimagic fields were anathema to Nethys and He de-clericed people for casting them," one of them says cautiously to her while the other tries to run for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This silly boy doesn't listen to me! If he did, everything would have gone very differently."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden knocks the running wizard flat and back into the antimagic field with an offhand spell. "Oh, really, what would have gone differently exactly?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You would have put Mhalir in your head, and then you would have two of you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would– what?" He shakes his head. "Nevermind. Carissa, I am going to want Mhalir in a moment." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, you want me to...? All right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances over at the Andalites. "Can you stun them for me or something." This is a normal antimagic field, irritatingly, and he can't cast into it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They do this. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is so unhappy but she doesn't exactly have an idea for a way of making decisions that isn't 'listen to Malduoni' here. She heads over to the stunned wizard, kneels at his side so Mhalir can go directly from one head to the other.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there is a tail-blade there. <Hey. What are you doing.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Why is today like this. 

Aroden takes a step forward, trying to intercept the Andalite bothering Carissa and Mhalir. "If you dislike this plan, I do have a spell I can cast which would turn them both into books containing every thought they have ever had in their lives. Would you prefer that?"

(He cannot in fact cast Scribe's Binding once right now, let alone twice, but he can do it as soon as he's slept, and he's in a bad mood and not at his most patient right now.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

< - you can what? I - is that survivable?>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, they are not precisely alive while they are in book form. Theoretically I could undo it later. I am not sure I would bother wasting ninth-circle spells on it though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

<I think you should neither murder these people nor Yeerk them, but if you're making me choose, sure, kill them.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, come the fuck on," she says, sitting up. "The rest of the galaxy does not share your fetish for death, has that not sunk in yet?"

Permalink Mark Unread

< - here it's confounded by the afterlife situation but Earth human suicide rates are higher than ours, and much higher in places where there's ready access to reliable weapons for it.> someone says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"- these people are Chelish. These people are my people. Admittedly I am betraying them but -" It made more sense in her head. "I'm following the rules about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Obviously I would not actually leave them stuck as a book forever," Aroden snaps, frustrated at everyone right now, including Nefreti who hasn't technically done anything here but surely could be saying something helpful and isn't. "After the war. When my ninth-level spell slots are at less of a premium. Right now they are and I would prefer not to burn two on interrogating our prisoners about Hell by turning them into books. Which I cannot even do right now, I did not prepare it in advance because I have not used this spell in the last twenty years. Also one then has to read the books and we do not have infinite time here." He glares at the Andalites. "One of you has a Yeerk morph, no? If your problem is having them Yeerked by Visser Three, surely you could do it yourselves instead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

<It is the other way around. The problem with Visser Three is that he Yeerks people.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sure if you ask them afterwards what powerful magic secrets will make it worth their while, they will be able to come up with something. Also among humans it is impolite to start an argument with a knife instead of a thesis."

Permalink Mark Unread

<And among Andalites it's impolite to Yeerk people.> Curtly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden, you can explain yourself to people or you can stop them from interfering but you usually have to do one or the other, not neither."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden?" says Carissa incredulously from the ground, though it's not like it was an uncommon children's name in Cheliax a hundred years ago and there's lots of reason to start instead going by Alexeis.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden goes very still for a long moment, then turns a piercing look on Nefreti before meeting Carissa's eyes, with a faint smile. 

"Yes. I am that Aroden. You thought I was dead, yes? I did die, but I - got better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- that is terrifying, and too big to fathom, it demands reconsideration of so many other pieces of the world she's dizzy with it, but it also doesn't feel false - she ducks her head, because it feels utterly ridiculous for her to be here, and it'd be a little less ridiculous if she was doing what she was supposed to, kneeling so Mhalir can infest their prisoners and not bothering anyone - and if she's not bothering anyone then she can start to reshuffle all the other pieces in her head around this enormous unthinkable one and figure out what to do with it -

Permalink Mark Unread

<Carissa, what...?> Mhalir dives into her memories, chasing fragments as she tries to piece them together.

Aroden - patron deity of humanity??? - prophesied to bring about an Age of Glory - but instead he died (murdered by Asmodeus, Carissa thinks?) - the day prophecy stopped working forever... 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden gives the Andalites an apologetic look. "I am sorry, you are missing relevant context on this. I - was a god. For four thousand years. Cheliax was my country. I was going to return to the material plane and - fix everything, but instead I was betrayed by an ally, and killed. I did not find out why until recently, but the other gods saw that my death would break prophecy, and thought this worthwhile. Whatever the reason, though, I was immortal as a human long before I became a god, and I...returned. I have spent the last century preparing to retake my country from Asmodeus." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites seem confused and have a thoughtspeech conversation among themselves the upshot of which is, well, you can't Yeerk people no matter who you are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden was supposed to return in Westcrown, everyone was ready for Him, she doesn't know what He was supposed to do exactly, the Asmodean version was that He meant to, with the Chelish people as the agents of His will in Golarion, reign over the whole world. It seems - better, than anyone else conquering Cheliax. It was His to begin with, right, and He might have little use for Cheliax as it is today, suited to Asmodeus, but at least He'd be aiming for Cheliax at its greatest rather than for some other smaller thing, at least He thinks of its people as His and not just as something to take out of Asmodeus's hands -

- Carissa considers it very obvious that Aroden can do whatever He wants with these prisoners, they're His, but she is aware that other people do not have a worldview in which this claim is reasonable, and she's not sure how to translate it into something that is, maybe Mhalir can figure that part out - it's that you can't expect gods not to use people with a ruthlessness that'd be a concerning sign in a human leader, and what matters with gods is how much of you they can use -

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir isn't sure, Carissa's worldview doesn't quite fit together for him either, and the version of it that does is still vague and unformed. It's, just... 

...so the entire thing that ruthlessness means, is being willing to weigh two different options, both of which are horrible in some way, and coolly weigh up the tradeoffs, like numbers in a ledger, and choose the path where the numbers add up to something better. To hold nothing as sacred, which just means that no single item in your ledger is infinite, no cost is high enough to outweigh a smaller cost multiplied by a million or a billion or add however many zeroes it takes. And - it makes obvious sense to Mhalir, to think this way, that it - almost doesn't matter if being Yeerked for half an hour is a million times worse than death, if there are a billion lives on the line, right? 

And the thing about that kind of reasoning, that he spoke about with Iomedae, is that it's not robust to making terrible mistakes, and people will make mistakes, and the point of Good is to protect against that - though Good isn't the opposite of ruthlessness, Iomedae is plenty ruthless...

The thing about Good, though, is that it's meant for people, ordinary mortal people, who are limited and imperfect and missing key information about the world. The update to him, here, is that Aroden isn't just a brilliant wizard, and...that means ruthlessness is safer for him, probably? Because he knows more, he's seen millennia pass, he's not going to make the kind of stupid mistakes that Mhalir might, and that's why him exhibiting ruthlessness ought to be less concerning. 

Mhalir thinks he's the worst possible person to try to explain this to the Andalites, though, even if he were at the point of having a coherent argument, which he isn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites have finished their internal arguing and Matirin has come forward to gently nudge the one whose tail-blade is at Carissa's head away. 

<We don't understand your gods> he says. <I am aware that when there are lots of things we don't understand it is unusually important to act cautiously. But we are trying to build an alliance with Yeerks on the condition they stop taking nonconsenting hosts and if it instead means 'stop taking nonconsenting hosts, except when the people of Golarion want to use Yeerks for interrogations or in wartime', that is very different and would have different implications.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden holds up a hand. His expression is very, very calm and level. (He's furious, and also exhausted, and trying to contain both of those." 

"I did not explain my reasoning here, because we are short on time and I am in a hurry, but I suppose I ought to if I am asking you to make an exception on this," he says, directed at Matirin. "I think we disagree on exactly how Evil it is to Yeerk someone for a few minutes instead of conducting a prolonged interrogation - and on whether being Yeerked in such a situation is literally worse than death - but that is not the even the point. It is not just the lives of millions of Chelish citizens on the line here. Asmodeus has stolen my country and nearly all of its people go to Hell when they die, where they are enslaved and tortured indefinitely. Can you tell me how many years in Hell you would choose over being Yeerked for a few minutes and then freed? How much lower a chance of winning this war you would ask me to accept here in exchange for using an alternative interrogation method you consider less distasteful?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

<I have the job of convincing my people to accept an agreement I did not have the authority to negotiate, negotiated with the Yeerk whose record of crimes is most detailed and horrifying to us, so that our ships may be deployed to a war in a place that they did not know existed five minutes ago. They need to be persuaded of this as quickly as possible. I would trade quite a lot to be able to tell them that this kind of use of Yeerks is something that Golarion's leaders abhor and would only consider if there were no alternatives, not as a first resort while in time dilation after precisely zero attempts at asking questions normally.

We have been at war for decades with the stakes as high as they get. We are not incapable of math. But we do not have perfect information about whether your people understand that slavery is bad, what with how all of your countries permit it, and so the best signal we are going to get about how seriously you take this and what result to expect if we throw our weight behind you is whether you are willing to sacrifice anything at all to Yeerk people less, and if the answer is 'no', then we need to consider what that means for whether this alliance gets us what we care about.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden takes a deep breath. 

"...All right. If what you are asking for here is a show of good faith, that we will try to understand and respect your people's values, then I will do that. We have," his eyes play over the group, "twenty-two people here, right now, and we have been here a day and a half, so we have a maximum of about seven days remaining if we do not try to bring anyone else here. I - will give it one day of trying something else." He turns. "Carissa. How long can you maintain Detect Thoughts." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Why is He talking to her. "Seven minutes, your -." How do you even title a god.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "I was considering if I could ask you to conduct some interrogations while I continue working on researching the version of Gate we need with Nefreti, but seven minutes is not very long, I suppose it makes more sense for me to do it myself. I will geas them not to cast spells or try to harm anyone here, and then I suppose wait for them to wake up enough for questioning."

He glances at the Andalites, an eyebrow raised as though silently asking 'well do you like that better.' 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites do like that better!

Permalink Mark Unread

Lesser Geas will do fine for this. He casts it, twice - also geasing them to obey all of his orders and answer questions he asks - and then asks Carissa and Mhalir to please keep an eye on the prisoners, and come grab him when they're awake. He goes off with Nefreti again to the other side of the demiplane. 

(He manages not to roll his eyes, at least not where Matirin can see it.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa waits by the prisoners and tries to fathom it. 

Asmodeus said He'd killed Aroden. And apparently He sort of did but not entirely. Which - does make it seem much less likely, that Hell will eventually conquer all the other afterlives, even aside from the thing where now there are aliens lining up to destroy it and everything in it. Which still hurts to think about. 

Aroden was human, a very long time ago, He's one of the ascended gods, but He's - not human anymore. That's part of how ascension works. You can see the real playing field. It's - kind of confusing that He has a wife and children. 

It's really confusing that He and Mhalir are the same person? What does that mean. It feels more urgent to understand and also less comprehensible than before.

She wants to be safe. She's so tired of not feeling safe. Being small is clearly worth it if it means she is safe but she's not sure it does. She thinks she's somehow been dropped onto this field where if you are small you will just get crushed underfoot and you have to instead be - something else. She wishes Aroden would - let Mhalir in his head, if it's really true that that would make Mhalir like Him, and then she'd be host to a god which sounds pretty safe though also scary.

 

One of the stunned wizards stirs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is also feeling pretty overwhelmed. 

He's never, ever believed that being small was a way to be safe. He was small once. All of the Yeerks were, before Seerow came, confined to the limits of their pools and how far a Gedd could walk in three days, three-quarters of grubs eaten before reaching adulthood, adult Yeerks willing to dissolve into future children because they were going to die sooner or later anyway and dying together was better than dying alone. 

He thought he understood Malduoni's story and how it mapped to his, how Malduoni was something he could grow into, and now he's dizzy with the new enormity of it, he's strained desperately against the limits of his world and his capabilities over and over but it feels so unbelievable that he could grow into a god.

...Well, someone who was a god, and lost a war with the other gods and died, and came back so much smaller. It pains him even to imagine what that would be like, it has to be so much worse than the loss he's imagined before, of tasting the stars before being flung back, helpless, into a Yeerk pool. 

He would probably learn something from being in Aroden's head but the thought is also terrifying. As though he expects the mind of a god might swallow him whole. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And over at the other side of the demiplane: 

"I know I seem dim to you and it must be frustrating," Aroden is saying to Nefreti, "but can you explain in concepts I can understand, what it means that if I let Mhalir into my head there would be two of me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“You shaped yourself like a basin. You can get to the right point from many other nearby points, from only some pieces, from only some memories. If part of Nethys were imprinted on a human mind, it would not be that Nethys was alive. Nethys is not shaped like a basin. Mhalir is on the edge of the basin. The journey to the center will be long for him, because he has so much to learn. And he is not himself shaped like a basin yet.” Shrug. “When you do it he can put the rest together very quickly.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I follow the difference between myself and Nethys," Aroden says, after a moment's thought. "What I am not following, yet, is why Mhalir would even want to - find the centre of my basin. Most people are not trying to be me, or anything like me; I am fairly sure I would have noticed by now if that were common." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“It’s common but that means it’s in lots of worlds, not lots of people. He has it, though.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"- You are saying that he has...the nature of trying-to-grow-into-me?" Aroden shakes his head. "How odd. If there are - people like me, in many worlds, are there any where you can see how - my story," he gestures vaguely around them, "ends?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“It ends well for you sometimes. Not always. In most places it hasn’t ended, because the universe is very big. You could be a Yeerk and read him, if you don’t want to let him read you, and then you’d see.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose I could Polymorph a Yeerk and Polymorph him human and do that, if you think it is worth the spells to do this. And if I am sufficiently reassured by what I find, perhaps I will let him into my head in return." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I don’t know what is worth what. If you show him you’ll have two of you.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are other worlds where someone like me lets someone into my head and it has good results, and no worlds you see where it has horrible results because, for example, Asmodeus captures him and he knows all of my secrets?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Futures don’t match that cleanly. And in some it is wrong. But not many.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at her for a long time. 

 

 

 

 

"...All right. I suppose it is a time for making gambles that are high-payoff in expectation, and if we are wrong about this instance you can - do something. I will let him into my head." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good!" And she turns and shoots the stirring wizard. "We don't need them yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Why?" Mhalir says blankly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Heavy sigh. "Nefreti has convinced me to let you in my head first, because apparently you will find it enlightening and learn a great deal." 

He glances at the Andalites to gauge their opinion of this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir's opinion of this is AAAAAAAAAAAAH. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites have retreated to work on planar math. They do not understand humans but Aroden is obviously not being coerced here.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Carissa, should I...> Mhalir is feeling like the ground is missing from under him and the shape of the world is no longer coherent. <I probably should. I am very scared for some reason.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense! It's very scary!

Carissa does not think directly disobeying gods to their face is a viable plan even if you in fact plan on defying them some more subtle way. And He's - human-shaped right now, so maybe there's a limit to how much of Him Mhalir will get. 

I promise if it kills you somehow I'll try to get you raised?

Permalink Mark Unread

<Thank you. I appreciate that. I am more scared it will drive me insane or something.> 

He doesn't think the problem is disobeying Aroden, exactly, it's just - when has he ever turned down information he was offered? 

<I suppose if it does drive me insane, you can...try to talk me back from it, or something.> 

And he slips out of her head. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden holds out his hand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Scaredscaredscaredscaredscared - 

When held up to it, Mhalir crawls into the ear of a dead-and-reincarnated god. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The first thing Mhalir will notice is that Aroden is very very very smart. This can't possibly be a naturally occurring int in humans, at all, so presumably he's somehow increased it substantially, even more than the amount offered by the fanciest headband. 

Aroden's mind is, for the most part, very organized. A century's accumulated skill with magic, a century's worth of contingency-plans, lined up neatly where he can easily retrieve them. It's incredibly impressive, but not exactly inhuman. 

Some other parts, though, are different. 

Aroden remembers, vaguely, the moments before his death as a god, mostly made up of blazingly too-bright-too-loud-too-much something that doesn't fully fit into a human mind. 

- the future is no longer filled with noise; it's not filled with anything, really, a blank and terrifying vacuum. It is much much worse than having one of your major senses filled with uninterpretable noise; it's more like having one of your major senses filled with TORTURE. He feels it starting, though, feels His attentional capacity expanding and His power increasing and His senses expand to include His people, all of them -

There's an awful discontinuity, there, before his human memories begin, waking up with his head hurting in a rain-drenched cottage, in a body he stole. 

- this death was unlike the others; this death, He had every reason to suspect was forever (there'd been no way to check, whether His immortality method would still hold his spirit in the Material world if He died outside it, as a god, not by violence to some trivial physical form but by the sudden and utter destruction of His magic, His people, His mind, His city, until not enough remains to hold it together as it's scattered -

He does not know how long it took. It felt like centuries, bits and pieces trying to glue themselves back together and being systematically shredded again. 

He does not remember who killed him -

(except he does, now, it was Milani, he still hasn't figured out what if anything to say to her...) 

He remembers his careful and firmly calculated conviction that the opposition of the evil gods would not be enough, that to lose He would have to be betrayed, but He does not remember ever knowing who betrayed Him. He remembers taking that conviction with Him as he dissolved, because on the off chance that He could start over again He needed to start over with that, He would be lost for sure if He forgot that for a second -

Permalink Mark Unread

Both of them are in quite a lot of pain, by now, as Mhalir keeps relentlessly digging at the buried godmemories. He ignores it and keeps going, and Aroden doesn't think at him to stop, he's agreeing that it's important, to really understand...

Permalink Mark Unread

- He remembers His city in Axis, bright and bustling and beautiful, humming with the delight of people going about free, safe, happy lives. He remembers coils spinning and a glass bulb lighting. He remembers a woman, bold and demanding, Chelish, new to Her powers, her sharp eyes watery - "I knew you had a plan, I knew you were never resigned to this - can we make it happen faster -"

He remembers stepping into a quiet place, like a library, but not full of books, walking through it looking for - 

- "Of course I have all of your records," Abadar says - not says but that's how it's rendering now, as this distinctly human mind tries to reach for the scraps of the memory - "I save every work of mortal hands, that none of it might ever be lost."

"Why don't you tell them that," He'd said, "They'd - they'd want to know -"

"Huh. I never really thought about it."

And tangled in with that, He remembers some things that aren't of this life, memories of memories He's carried through since the beginning, and ones reclaimed in Abadar's First Vault - an underwater city - an alien voice, thrumming with approval -

- you care so much, maybe too much - 

- men like you and I should not rule, I have seen what becomes of us when we do - 

- flying across the ocean to see what became of Azlantl, and seeing only ocean as far as the eye could see, ocean and a dozen little barrier islands, barely peeking out above the sea -

- and choosing clerics, over and over again, the work He thought He'd never tire of and eventually did, looking into the hearts of men and seeing the brightly-burning spark that'd mean they'd fight, with this, for the right things or at least for the things that in expectation seemed right to them -

Permalink Mark Unread

No, not that, back, before - Mhalir scrabbles at the fragments of that ancient memory of the water and the alien voice. There's barely anything left, now, it's been so long - eight thousand years, he knows a moment later, hard to even conceive of...

But the feelings tangled with it in Aroden's mind share a similar flavour with the feelings Mhalir himself has toward the memory of Seerow. Not entirely the same; Aroden has less bitterness there, less pointless anger. It's been such a very very long time. 

He wants...

...he doesn't know what. 

Permalink Mark Unread

You want to be stronger, Aroden thinks to him. You want to be strong and clever and careful enough to save everyone and fix everything. 

Detect Thoughts is incredibly shallow, next to what a Yeerk does, but Aroden has it permanently - he felt so blind and deaf for decades, without his godsenses - and it's incredible how much he can get just from sensing the surface of Mhalir's reactions to his mind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

<Yes.>

 

<I want that.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then I will be grateful for your help. 

Aroden is calm, somehow, even though one thread of his mind is furious with Asmodeus and frustrated with the Andalites, and he's apprehensive, even scared, about the move on Hell and on Cheliax, and he's terrified that the price he'll pay for refusing to negotiate will be his wife's soul... But somehow his mind overall is level and focused. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir bathes in it for a long time.

<I should let you get back to your work> he says to Aroden, finally. <Thank you.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

An internal chuckle. Honestly I may need Delay Pain and a nap instead, after that, but I do not mind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Mhalir crawls out of his ear and waits for Carissa to scoop him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Scoop. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir slips into her ear. 

He basks in the familiarity of her mind, but doesn’t manage to say anything for a minute or two. Yeerks do not get headaches, per se, but he’s feeling very disoriented and like something is off.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are you okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

<I am - not sure - I feel very strange.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no. 

Okay. Do you - remember what you were worried about before you went to look at him? That it would make you insane?

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes him a maybe-worrying length of time to locate the 'before' she means, instead he keeps getting confusing fragments of godmemories that didn't really fit into a human head and certainly don't fit in a Yeerk brain even when a Yeerk has tried very hard to cram them in there. 

<...Yes. I remember that. I - do not think I feel insane? I, just - he is eight thousand years old, there was so much. And now it is feeling. Much.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is MAD at Aroden and wants to walk over and yell at him and is not going to do that because somehow she is not dead yet and she is a fan of this remaining the case. Okay. I guess it's fine. We don't have a lot to do right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's oddly reassuring that Carissa is so angry on his behalf, even if there's no way in which anger improves the situation. 

<I do not think it was his fault> he manages, finally, once words are working a little better. <I - tried to get at his godmemories. I could have not done that.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is the god so she's pretty sure it IS his fault actually.  The pharaoh said that Mhalir was not invited because it might break his head, which is the reasonable thing to do if your head might break someone else's.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Nefreti thought it was a good idea. Nethys sees all the worlds, if it drove me permanently insane she would surely have known that. Perhaps I am just - temporarily overwhelmed, and will be all right in a bit.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

This makes sense but Carissa is scared. She is mostly scared for Mhalir but also she has ...no idea what happens to her, if he isn't okay or doesn't want her or anything else goes wrong. She knows too much and is not that useful to anyone who has their own limbs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa being scared makes Mhalir want to try very very hard to be okay, because Carissa being scared is terrible and he wants to fix it as soon as possible. This is probably not how being okay works, though. He wants to say that he's not ever going to not want her, but he's not sure he can actually promise that...but he wants to...

Now he's mostly very tired, and really wishes he could stop dwelling on the agonizing and disorienting memory-fragments of Aroden's death as a god. Maybe Carissa can distract him with something else? 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can - try? She isn't having the best day ever for pleasant distractions. Does he want her opinion of all of the Andalites ranked by hotness. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure that's a distraction. Mhalir is confused about why she has opinions on Andalite hotness at all, they're aliens, does she mean their human morphs? 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is hopelessly uncosmopolitan to be exclusively attracted to humans. Admittedly she's stretching the definition of hotness a little bit but some are daintier and some are scarier and some have better fur.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Wow, sure, he will hear her rankings of that then, it sounds kind of interesting, he apparently hasn't been paying any attention at all to those traits. Including scariness; Andalites are all about equally nervewracking to him because of their species. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They could all kill you in a heartbeat but some of them look more inclined to than others! Scariness is not actually inversely related to hotness because a little bit scary is hot. You wouldn't want someone who lacks the followthrough and initiative to murder you even if it's a good idea. Most of them are blue but some are purple and Carissa prefers the purple, which seems to go with a slighter build and more dexterity; some of them hold their eyestalks weird; some of them are more expressive. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Mhalir peers at them through Carissa's eyes and tries to retrieve his Alloran-memories, which now feel at a very distant remove, and remember what the colours mean and figure out what's going on with the eyestalks, so he can tell Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Colors have to do with genders and some of these Andalites have been explicitly assigned sentry duty; they won't look like that once they trade out.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can sit on the ground and rank them until the nearest prisoner starts to wake up again, at which point she Messages Aroden about this even though that's terrifying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden still has a ghost of a lingering headache, but is trying to ignore it and focus. He heads over. "Is Mhalir all right?" he asks her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know," she says, very calmly, not MAD AT HIM at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "It leaves me feeling off for the rest of the day if I try to think about my memories as a god. I am generally fine after a night's sleep, I expect he will be too. Anyway," glance at the wizard stirring on the ground, "I suppose we had better get to it. I may ask you for advice on the correct questions to ask." 

He sits down on the grass and waits for the wizard to wake up fully, eyes boring coolly into him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is terrified but she'll sit nicely and quietly and set a good example.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard tries teleporting from a lying on the ground position and when this fails because of the geas, sits up and looks at Nefreti.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wasn't her, she hasn't got Wish," she says, with a toss of her head at Aroden.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That was Wish? Why the -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti's decision to reveal his secret (he assumes for her own amusement as much as anything else), and Carissa's reaction to it, have convinced Aroden that just introducing himself is a promising strategy here. And not as costly as his cached feelings around it would indicate: he's going to be telling the world anyway in a few days and Asmodeus already knows anyway. 

"I am Aroden," he says, calmly. "You thought I was dead, but I am not. I have been preparing to retake my country for the past century and am now ready. I kidnapped you here to ask some questions about Hell." 

He's reading the wizard's thoughts, of course, watching his response. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard thinks that's bullshit. However, you should probably appease powerful crazy people. "I ....study Hell some," he says. "Is that why you kidnapped me?" Did Sevar name him to crazy guy? She must have. Horrible little bitch, not that he won't name a bunch of acquaintances if it gets crazy wizard guy off his plate.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." He glances down at his initial notes. "Tell me about the outer circle of Hell's defences against extraplanar invasion, from Heaven in particular."

This is going to be such an irritating way to do this, he thinks; he knows some of the right questions to ask, but not nearly all of them, and geased or not his prisoner is not going to cooperate any more than Aroden can make him.  

Permalink Mark Unread

"They --- don't publicize that? For obvious reasons - look, if you want to fight a war with Hell kidnapping students is not the place to start."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some devil kidnapped his wife so now he's in a hurry and we're in a time-dilated demiplane and also he's going to get really frustrated if you don't have anything to say even if it's just your best guess from a textbook."

Permalink Mark Unread

Horrible little bitch. "There's magic across Hell to detect extraplanar incursions. The lords of Hell are responsible for defending their own realms; they can call on each other for favors, but don't like to." He can go on in this vein for a while; he isn't particularly trying to say anything informative but he's also not particularly trying not to, crazy dude's definitely going to die if he goes to fight Hell but that is not his problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden can work with that, and makes no further effort to persuade the wizard of his sanity. He grabs onto intriguing bits and pieces wherever he can, notes them down in shorthand, asks more questions to chase down those threads. This is fine, he knows how to run an interrogation with Detect Thoughts, it's just so inefficient compared to Yeerks and he's itching to get back to figuring out ship-Gate techniques with Nefreti. 

When the second wizard makes some motions toward waking up, he doesn't ask anyone to stun them again, just barks at them to go to the other side of the demiplane and wait. 

Eventually he thinks he's exhausted the limits of this man's knowledge, or at least is too annoyed to keep digging. He asks the wizard for a list of names for people he should kidnap for this, if the answer isn't 'students Carissa heard of once'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they'll have good Will saves, but he knows most of the distinguished scholars in his field.

Is he, uh, going to be returned home now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, not right now, even if he's geased to be cooperative he could probably figure out something inconvenient to do from there. Can he go wait quietly at the other end of the demiplane, they'll figure out something to do with him and his friend. (Probably dump them on the pharaoh once they're back in the material plane, Aroden thinks, but he sees no reason to bring that up now.) He's welcome to eat and drink but shouldn't bother Carissa or any of the aliens. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This gets more mental invective directed at Carissa, as well as vague curiosity about what specifically she's doing to be crazy wizard's favorite pet, but he's happy enough to scoot out of the way and avoid further attention and worry about whether they're going to kill him instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa goes to get the other one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden approaches this one about the same as before, except with more specific questions to ask based on what he learned from the first man. And also a bit more pent-up irritation and impatience, which he would normally try to address, but which seem helpful (albeit horrifyingly so) for the particular case of getting kidnapped Chelish wizards to be cooperative. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This one also thinks he's nuts but is not particularly inclined to say so to his face while unable to defend himself! Also the impatience and irritation is making him nervous and he tries to be deferential, though mostly not in a way that causes him to get to the important information sooner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa thinks that Yeerking is kinder than having people spend hours cowering under the threat of torture.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is also pretty uncomfortable watching it! He's under no illusions that Yeerking people for interrogations is anything but horrible, but at least he generally makes sure people don't remember it and don't know what's happening at the time, and it doesn't take hours...

<Maybe you should go tell the Andalites what you think about it> he says to her once the second interrogation is finally done. <I am not even sure we managed to learn everything relevant either.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Where's the spokes-Andalite. She finds him and says "Do you really think that was better than just letting Mhalir look at them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

<....yes, I do. Do you not? You could have asked them if they preferred to be Yeerked; I predict they would've said no.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"They might've said no because - because it sounds very suspicious, and maybe it's one of those things where you have to be willing but they don't have to describe it honestly or be honest about what they're going to do with it, or because they expect Mhalir to be way more punitive about uncooperativeness than he is."

Permalink Mark Unread

<...do you have information about how punitive about uncooperativeness he is? You have cooperated.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I first got kidnapped I was very misleading about how spells work so as to arrange an opportunity to escape and he didn't even torture me about it, and he had no reason not to, it wouldn't've made me less cooperative, I knew I deserved it."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

< - people do not actually deserve to get tortured! Ever!>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not saying I would - benefit in terms of personal growth, or that it'd be better for me than not that, I'm saying - 

- so the obvious class of occasions to torture people is when they did something, deliberately, in their interests and against yours, expecting the punishment not to be bad enough to be deterred from doing it? If you hurt people who were predictably going to do something different no matter the penalty then you're not accomplishing anything and if you hurt people whose defiance wasn't deliberate then it might be motivating but it might just be a waste of resources, like, there's no point in punishing me for not being ninth circle -"

Permalink Mark Unread

<I see how you are using the word> he says grudgingly. <Andalites do not torture people punitively under any circumstances even if we think it would have deterred them from something awful because it is a - bad thing to cultivate expertise in, and the very limited deterrence benefits do not seem worth the costs to the person, and it seems like it would forestall better solutions to your problem which is probably not fundamentally caused by the punishments for disobedience not being steep enough.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, the - caring about the costs to the person, I hadn't encountered it before, it's very sweet."

Permalink Mark Unread

<It is not a characteristic I would have particularly ascribed to Visser Three.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"When he met me he said all the Andalites hated Yeerks for being oozes."

Permalink Mark Unread

<...we don't. I don't know why he said that.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"My point here is that both of you believe very stupid things about each other which are to external inspection obviously not true."

Permalink Mark Unread

<I know. But - among Andalites, the caring-about-other-people is a felt sense and it wouldn't be compatible with torturing someone for decades. So that is how we made the mistake, an Andalite couldn't have cared about people and did what he did.>

Permalink Mark Unread

" - huh. I haven't asked Mhalir how he does the caring about people. When I have tried it it's very compatible with torturing them but I think I'm not very good at it. - this isn't what we were discussing."

Permalink Mark Unread

<It is not. You think that those people would not have had enough information to meaningfully decide they'd rather be Yeerked. So what do you mean that you think it would've been better for them? Do you mean that if they had somehow had full information including about Mhalir's intentions and personality they'd prefer it? I believe you about that but I am not sure we should make decisions off that; it seems disrespectful to the people actually in front of us.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess I mean that but I also mean something more - complicated than that? Or simpler - having a Yeerk in your head while unconscious doesn't affect you, and being questioned under a geas for hours does, and I've been both of them and the being questioned under a geas for hours was much worse. And I think we should do the thing that doesn't affect them and not the thing that does."

Permalink Mark Unread

<...do you not conceive of it as being possible to harm people in ways they do not know about?>

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I wouldn't claim that the harm is zero but it's going to be much smaller than the harm from....almost all things that you do know about? Probably Yeerking someone in their sleep is worse than, I don't know, stepping on their toe. But it can't even compare to interrogating them for hours under a geas."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Do you happen to know how common it is for humans to feel that way?>

Permalink Mark Unread

"No idea, really."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Is it legal to rape people if you drug them first?>

Permalink Mark Unread

" - no but you might get them pregnant. And drugging people isn't entirely safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

< - huh. Those would be objections an Andalite might have but they would not be the only ones. I am interested in whether most humans feel like you about this.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know. I can't ask them about Yeerks without a lot of context and if I ask them about raping people they will be worried about what I'm up to."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Once Yeerks are public knowledge we will probably get to see a better range of human reactions to them. An Andalite who learned a Yeerk had been in their head, even if the Yeerk hadn't hurt them or directly used the information to hurt their interests, would feel - like a thing that they could have reasonably expected to be safe was not safe, and they will never correctly feel safe again, and like they broke promises they made to keep secrets, because those secrets became the possession of a third party, and that memories they enjoyed alone are now someone else's property and poisoned by it, and lots of different harms in that genre. And if they don't find out then I think this wrong has still be done without being learned of, like I don't cease to care if my cousin is dead or alive even if they've been deployed across the galaxy and I'll never find out.>

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I guess if there is nothing wrong in the world those seem like things people might care about because they needed something to fill the time. - when I learned there was a Yeerk with me the whole time after I was kidnapped, just not controlling me until the right moment, I felt some of those things, but then I decided to worry about more important problems like the thing where they were going to enslave me if I didn't manage to talk my way out of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes, I think often illegible harms are not an immediate priority in an emergency. I do not think that makes them better to inflict, though.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was still way better than the being interrogated under a geas."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tail-swish. <Maybe geases are also gravely immoral.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think you can reasonably expect him to not do anything when it might not be too late to save his wife!"

Permalink Mark Unread

<I am sure I cannot reasonably expect him not to do this. That just - also doesn't make it less bad for the people experiencing it.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are they the only one whose feelings count, here -"

Permalink Mark Unread

< - yes. Their safety and wants and experiences, and the strategic considerations. If you start conducting interrogations with your own satisfaction on your list of goals you have opened yourself up to some very bad errors. If Aroden is a god fighting a war among gods he can handle his own feelings about them himself.>

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"I'm curious how Andalites read. For alignment."

Permalink Mark Unread

<We seem to vary in the neutral, lawful neutral, neutral good, lawful good corner.>

Permalink Mark Unread

" - huh. Alloran is Evil."

Permalink Mark Unread

<...he murdered millions of people. Thankfully the number of Andalites complicit in that can be counted on one hand.> His hands have six fingers.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And - none of the rest of you are Evil?"

Permalink Mark Unread

<None of the selection we have here. The pharaoh found it very interesting. It seems that in Golarion it it quite hard to keep nearly everybody out of Evil. My best guess is that slavery is Evil and beating your wives is Evil and oppressing your peasants is Evil and perhaps the killing of animals for food is a little Evil and once societies have solved aging and material scarcity they will nearly always be not Evil. But it could also be a species difference.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lots of people don't have slaves and don't beat their wives and - I guess they eat fish or meat, but hunting's in Erastil's domain - and they're still Evil."

Permalink Mark Unread

< - oh, in Cheliax in particular your money supply is backed with damned souls and the trade in damned souls is Evil, and there's various other stuff in that genre. In other countries, it's quite rare to get sorted Evil, though not rare enough to not be a moral catastrophe.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. Does Osirion keep statistics."

Permalink Mark Unread

<They're at about ten percent. They think slavery is contributing, and are phasing it out on those grounds. It had not occurred to them that domestic violence might also contribute until we suggested it.> Tail-flick.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that's Osirians for you, they don't think women are people."

Permalink Mark Unread

<I think the problem is more structural than that but yes, there is a remarkable blind spot involved.> Pause. <The pharaoh proposed that I consider women's rights proposals for him and he consider Yeerk-related issues for me.>

Permalink Mark Unread

" - because of the corresponding to each other, right. What's that like."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Eerie. We have no explanation. It is convenient, though. Tech and magic sharing is going very quickly.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you had the pharaoh decide about the interrogations what would he decide."

Permalink Mark Unread

<That it depends entirely on what kind of agreement I think I can get my people to sign off on. Which is - why I said that to Aroden instead of saying other things.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your people will be very upset and refuse to fight Hell if you let Mhalir look at peoples' heads while they're stunned?"

Permalink Mark Unread

<We will definitely fight Hell! We would not - expect there to be any party in Golarion that understands why Yeerking people is wrong, and would probably conclude that this is an inevitable consequence of your tech level, and would not trust you to enforce terms or check if hosts are really being treated acceptably.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you'll blow up more planets?"

Permalink Mark Unread

<No. Never, if they're not enslaving the whole galaxy. But - we would have to insist on supervising it ourselves, if no one else shares any of the relevant values, and the Yeerks I expect will specifically resent that, even if the standards imposed were the same, and it'll be costly and awful and take a long time to reach terms on.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"If your people would never find out -"

Permalink Mark Unread

<Recall that I think it's possible to wrong people in ways they don't find out about! I would feel that way, about taking them a treaty while concealing information that would lead them to conclude - perhaps correctly - that it does not achieve what they value. I would probably do it anyway, if I could keep the secret for sure, but I can't be sure of that under these circumstances with gods and magic and various agents with incentive to share the information, and I would be very upset to have been put in that position.>

Permalink Mark Unread

" - huh.

 

I guess that's not very stupid."

Permalink Mark Unread

<We can't all have intelligence headbands but we do our best.>

Permalink Mark Unread

" - was that a joke? It's hard to tell with aliens."

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes, it was. We are working on mass production of intelligence headbands.>

Permalink Mark Unread

" - you should've said that first! Have you gotten anywhere?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...swish swish. <You'd want to talk to Cayaldwin. Over there.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir perks up. It's been hard to follow the conversation, while he's still kind of out of it after infesting Aroden, and he's been drifting instead for the last while - it's probably better anyway that he not interfere, the Andalite might be able to tell.

He quickly scans through Carissa's recent memories. <...You did very well there, I think. I am very glad to have you on our side. And talking to Cayaldwin about intelligence headbands sounds much less awful than everything else we have been doing recently.> 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Cayaldwin, it transpires, has been working with a human non-wizard named Ismat who runs a magic item shop and crafts the magic items herself and therefore seems like the most promising entry point to mass manufacture. She takes lots of notes on her process and is training apprentices and the manufacturing tolerances shouldn't be hard but the things the fabricator spit out weren't right, and they're running a whole barrage of tests to narrow down why.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa had no idea you could make magic items without having any magic ability. She feels a tiny bit offended on behalf of wizards but quickly gets over it. Can she meet this Ismat? What tests are they trying? What items can a non-caster make in the first place?

Permalink Mark Unread

This is incredibly fascinating! Mhalir doesn't have many contributions right away, his intuitions for magic still aren't as good as Carissa's even if Yeerks are excellent at pulling knowledge out of people's heads, but he watches silently for a bit and then starts offering suggestions. To Carissa so she can relay, since the Andalites seem very disturbed every time they notice him using her mouth to talk. It doesn't seem to him like there's any point being offended about this. 

He also really wants to get back to talking to Firayar about morph research but unfortunately they only have the one body and can't do both things at once, and he knows this is a lot more interesting (and thus hopefully enjoyable) for Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's having a great time!

Permalink Mark Unread

Seeing Carissa happy, even just briefly, is really nice. Mhalir will enjoy that for as long as it lasts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden doesn't have any more Wishes prepared that day, so he works with Nefreti for the rest of it, and eventually sleeps, first checking that the prisoners are quietly behaving themselves in a corner. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are huddled in the corner speculating and worrying and not planning any sabotage.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden leaves them alone. They're not a danger to anyone here. He gets his required two hours of sleep.

In the morning he prepares Wish in all of his ninth-level spell slots. At this rate he's going to run out of diamonds before he leaves here, he always keeps a lot of them in his bag him just in case but Wish-grade diamonds are scarce and pricey. No matter, though, the Yeerks or the Andalites can just make him more in their ships.

"I am going to try for some more wizards that we have names for now. And I will attempt again to get Parmida out of Hell. I - am not actually sure which of those has better odds of success." Shrug.

(Arguably obtaining intel on Hell is more strategically valuable, but he can attempt both without decreasing the odds on either, this is kind of absurd but Wish is absurd in general. And he wants his wife back. He'll drop a weapon on her and vaporize her if that's what it comes down to, and won't hesitate, but he wants her herenow, he wants her to hold him tonight as he falls asleep, whether or not that makes strategic sense.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

He gets some more of the recommended people. He does not get Parmida. 

The recommended people are pretty freaked out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa can be on hand to explain matter-of-factly that his wife got kidnapped by a devil and now he's in this time-dilated demiplane trying to figure out how to get her back and they can cooperate now or cooperate eventually.

Permalink Mark Unread

He slaps some geases on them and repeats the same style of interrogation and it's so so tedious and he's unsure what the value add even is, but at least he can hand Carissa and Mhalir some intelligence on Hell and tell them to go plan how to destroy it while he finishes figuring out how to get them the ships they need to do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This assignment, predictably, makes Carissa sad again. She shrinks into the back of her head and lets Mhalir do things. Not that 'lets' is the right word since she can't stop him but she doesn't prefer to think about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is distracted and stressed enough that he doesn't immediately notice her avoiding-thinking-about-that, but once he does, he feels like that needs to be addressed right away. 

<You could stop me> he says to her, firmly. <Not from fighting Hell, I mean, but from using your body to do it. I am sure Aroden could Polymorph me human so that I could work with the Andalites, and - I am not sure, make me a little pool for the rest of the time.> 

He's also realizing that it's probably getting close to when he would usually take a trip to the Yeerk pool. They've been suspecting that cleric magic can replace that but he hasn't actually tested it yet, and should probably go ask Nefreti, except there's the thing where Nefreti is terrifying and for some reason that makes it hard to go march up and ask her, even though it's not like that's ever stopped him before, he's been dealing with stressful awful situations for decades. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is not going to be a three-year-old throwing a tantrum over having to go to church and announce that he has to use some OTHER body to fight Hell. It is sort of sweet that he would respect this but he is not obliged to because it would be in fact a stupid childish tantrum.

Powerful casters are very scary but Nefreti is not as scary as Aroden because she is not a god everyone you've met, even people from halfway around the world, speaks of in whispers. That said she's not marching up to her either.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if Carissa can handle doing a thing she doesn't like with maturity, then surely Mhalir can manage the same. 

He steels himself, and heads over to Nefreti. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Little one!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Does she have to call him that. 

(She's not wrong.) 

"I was wondering," Mhalir says stiffly, "if you have cleric healing spells that might address the problem where I do not have access to a Yeerk pool here and so will starve in the next day unless I figure something out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Thank you. Could you - do that now...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have to come out of there, otherwise I'll just be getting Carissa, who does not need to bathe in a pool of Kandrona rays for a few hours at all, though it'd do lovely things to her complexion. Did you know, there's a world where you marry him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Marry who."

Permalink Mark Unread

"An Aroden. Not either of these ones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will come out, one moment." 

Mhalir is running into some very stupid reluctance to do that, probably because the last time he left Carissa's head was very unpleasant; he feels mostly normal again today as long as he doesn't poke too hard at the memories he absorbed from Aroden, but when he tentatively tried recalling the very old one about the underwater city, it left him dizzy and disoriented again. 

He reminds himself that this time he is definitely not going to end up in a former god's head by accident, and that Carissa will keep him safe. He exits her ear. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh no, he's adorable!" Nefreti says. "Look at him! I love him! He's so small!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, yes, all right, all right." She pokes him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa puts him back.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," he says to her as soon as he has control of Carissa's mouth. "I will be fine for another three days, now." He starts to turn to go, then pauses in case she has anything else cryptic-but-maybe-useful-someday to add. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has already turned back to Malduoni.

Permalink Mark Unread

And with a vague sense of apology toward Carissa, he goes back to planning with the Andalites. And maybe sneaking in just a bit more talking about morph with Firayar and letting Carissa talk to Cayaldwin about magic artifacts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden works on spell research with Nefreti. 

He tries one more time for Chelish wizards and for Parmida. Gets another couple of wizards. Does not get his wife. At this point he's low enough on both diamonds and ninth-level spell slots in their remaining time that he can't justify trying again. 

They figure out a much more powerful variant on Gate that Nefreti is pretty sure she can do if she casts Miracle first and asks Nethys to make her powerful enough. Apparently this is the only kind of Miracle Nethys ever grants. 

On their second-last day in the time dilated demiplane, he prepares Wish, several times in case it doesn't work on the first try. After this he'll have one more night to sleep so he can prepare fresh spells, and then it'll be time to hop back into the ordinary world and its inevitable flow of time, and the events happening much too fast in it. 

First he needs to murder his wife. 

He casts Major Creation again, makes twenty cubic feet of weapon from his sample. 

Parmida, I am so sorry. 

He casts Wish and tells it that what he wants is to drop this weapon right on top of his wife, wherever she is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The weapon vanishes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And, of course, he can't do anything to confirm that it's arrived. They can't even try to raise Parmida from here, because it'll take a second or two to explode once it arrives and that second or two won't pass until they leave the demiplane. 

He sighs, sits down, and stares into nothing for a long time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir watches from a distant, unsure whether to be worried about him or whether worrying about a god's wellbeing is stupid. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is thinking about how apparently there is one who marries her and it follows, sort of, that that one would blow up Hell to stop her soul being destroyed, and this is probably a very selfish thing to be thinking about at all at this moment but she cares about it a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

<You are allowed to want things that are selfish> Mhalir thinks to her, firmly. <Or - I am not sure - allowed is not even the right framing. You want the things you want.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Obviously she wants the things she wants, but some things are not wise to want around sad angry powerful people, and spending energy on wanting things you have no way to get is silly, and on the whole this seems like an area where it'd be useful to think about it less, lest she make Aroden mad.

Permalink Mark Unread

<....Aroden is not going to be mad. I have been in his head, and - it was very confusing, but I can see how he is a person I could grow into, and would not be angry about that.> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir has some kind of weird thing where he doesn't get mad about things, probably because Alloran gave him very low standards.

Permalink Mark Unread

<I do not think that is why, and besides Aroden would not have that consideration, just...> Mhalir doesn't know how to explain the inside of Aroden's head to Carissa, not in words. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. In any event the thing to do is to plan how the ships will help him burn up Hell. 

 

She still wants to talk to Iomedae about it, once they leave the demiplane, which should be soon now.

Permalink Mark Unread

They go to sleep. 

In the morning they prepare spells, in particular the ones that Aroden and Nefreti need to transport some ships here. 

"Anything else before we go back?" Aroden asks, mainly to Nefreti but sort of to the group at large (except the now decent-sized huddle of accumulating Chelish prisoners at the other end of the demiplane.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir can't think of anything. Mostly he wants this to be over, somehow. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we're ready!"

Permalink Mark Unread

And shortly later they're all back in the pharaoh's demiplane. Aroden immediately strides over to the door and sticks his head out to request the pharaoh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

You're not really supposed to do that but they'll make the pharaoh aware he's here.

Permalink Mark Unread

While they're waiting he tries for his daughter along their telepathic bond. 

Zahra? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah?

Permalink Mark Unread

Somehow this is much harder than all the rest so far. 

I - I received a Sending from Asmodeus - no time to try with a Gate - used the Rod of Security - we... 

And, with great effort, he explains what he did. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- because otherwise he could do - something less fixable than that? 

Have you got her back?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti thought he would destroy her soul. 

Not yet. Did it from the time-dilated demiplane, it would - just have happened now... 

I will ask Nefreti if she can try it now. If I give her a diamond. 

He does this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has already started it, and puts the diamond at the focus-point with a motion that was in progress before he decided to give it to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sometimes Nefreti is frustrating but sometimes she is very very convenient. He paces, waits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She prays to Iomedae. She feels like she ought to know how to do it better, now, but she doesn't. 

I don't know if I want to be an instrument of your will about this because I'm scared your will is actually stupid and horrible. What a not-prayer.

 

I want Good, she tries cautiously, and it wouldn't have been, to let the Yeerks and Andalites destroy each other, and I want - 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's less of her, here; a sense of being blanketed from the surrounding howling magic, and a sense of gentle presence, and that's it, no vision of a woman. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, thinks Carissa, feeling like an idiot, you're busy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I am very busy. 

 

You are worried that we are making the mistake that Mhalir and Matirin were making. The mistake of throwing their considerable intelligence mostly at destroying their enemy and only a little - not none, but not enough - at figuring out whether anything can be negotiated with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Asmodeus is lawful. He doesn't want everyone in Hell to die. There has to be something.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not care if they die, if He cannot use them for his aims, and my position is not strong enough to safely permit him to retain them for that, and mutual information about how this will go cannot be established quickly or convincingly enough. It would have been better, if it had gone like that. I am sorry that instead it will go like this. 

 

Aroden thought about this a long time, as a god. Thousands and thousands of years. He wanted to do it right. I do not exactly know if this was a miscalculation - I have not had time to think about it - but it would be a miscalculation to err in that direction again now.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I could go to Hell, she thinks, stupidly, if the problem is that he doesn't understand that everything will be destroyed, if we just need him to understand that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I would ask it of you, if it would make things better. I can talk to Asmodeus. I am talking to Asmodeus. But he is not going to agree to a deal right now that spares the things you care about, and to convince him he ought to I would have to give him enough information about how we intend to conduct this war that he might, instead, be able to win it. That is what I mean, that we are not strong enough. I am sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It feels outrageously, impossibly unfair, that there might be an agreement that everyone preferred to this but they can't just - promise not to use the information to hurt each other, they're Lawful gods, right -

Permalink Mark Unread

Sometimes we can do things like that. This situation is unusual. Later, if you want, I will explain to you how it came to be the case that the outcome that best serves Good here was a total war; you are right to think that often that could be improved on, but there is - wryly - not actually very much overlap in values between Asmodeus and I, and a great deal depends on the actions of actors outside either of us, and the space of common ground is far from the space of commitments we are prepared to make. It is not close, Carissa. It is not one explanation or one promise from being available. It would be better if it could be done, but it cannot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Given that, fewer people will die if it goes very quickly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She knows Iomedae well enough to guess that that's why She's talking to her at all. 

"We'll do our best," she says, and then she's alone in her head so suddenly it twinges with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, not entirely alone. Mhalir hung back, during the conversation; he has nothing new to say to Iomedae, and 'wanting reassurance' in itself isn't enough of a reason to bother a very busy god. 

<...Are you all right?> he asks her, tentatively, and aware that it remains a stupid question.  

Permalink Mark Unread

She is not okay but it's - very clear, right. Iomedae is doing this. Iomedae claims it'll be over sooner if Carissa helps. Iomedae is a god, She can do the friendly face when She's not too busy but she's not actually like them, Her mistakes if She's making them are more complicated and can't be prevented -

- and it's not actually a surprising claim, that Asmodeus wouldn't care about anyone in Hell if He couldn't use them, and that He uses them for things Iomedae won't permit Him to keep doing, if She gets a say about it -

let's go get your ships, she says, and she's not sure of it at all but there's no information she's waiting on, and there's an odd sort of inevitable feeling that Iomedae probably knew how much to say and said that -

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they're waiting on Aroden to cast some spells with Nefreti, who appeared to be busy, but he can send a message to the ship in orbit updating them on his past week in time-dilation, since they presumably have no idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Nefreti finishes the True Resurrection. 

 

Parmida crashes to the ground from about two inches above it, clothed. Neither of these are standard features of resurrections. "Drat," Nefreti says, mildly irritated. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The telepathic bond is broken. Parmida looks up at Aroden and tries to think something at him but nothing happens.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden casts Charm Person, which is a low-level enough spell that it barely counts and, as cast by him in particular, lets him have two-way telepathy, at least with Parmida who's familiar with it.

Parmida, love, I...

He drops to his knees on the ground next to her and holds out his arms. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She tries to drag herself to her feet and does not quite get there and flings herself at him. She is crying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden wraps his arms around her and rests his forehead against hers. He's not crying but it's a close thing. 

Parmida, I - I am so sorry - I went as fast as I could... What did He do to you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Mhalir watches from across the pharaoh's demiplane, feeling kind of weird and awkward about this for reasons he doesn't fully understand.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

- Zahra -

Permalink Mark Unread

Safe. I brought us to the Dome in Sothis. We are in the pharaoh's personal demiplane right now - we can go get Zahra, when you are ready. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then you - went to Hell? And - but -

 - I - 

 

- do you -

 

 

- they know who you are -

Permalink Mark Unread

I did not go to Hell. I came to the Andalites here and I used Major Creation to replicate one of their alien weapons and - Wished it to your location - I tried to get you back several times, before that, we used the Rod of Security so that Nefreti and I could do spell research, we were kidnapping Chelish wizards anyway...

He takes a deep breath. We redesigned Gate so that we can use it to transport the aliens' ships here and then we are going to destroy Hell. Given that Asmodeus knows, now, it seems better to do in that order than to start with Cheliax. I will have to go very soon. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida does not seem to have been following any of that except the last sentence. She grabs at him, about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can give her two minutes. He holds her and strokes her hair and whispers that he loves her. 

I need to go soon, he says, eventually. We are going to destroy Hell. We need to move quickly. I will bring you to Zahra. 

And he pulls away, very gently, and offers a hand to help her to her feet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She does not think of anything else to say in the next two minutes. She takes his hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden walks her out of the demiplane. 

Zahra? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dad? What's going on - everyone's been running around, except for my chaperone, who doesn't speak Taldane -

Permalink Mark Unread

I am not sure what the pharaoh's people are running around about right now, but Nefreti and I are about to leave to go fight Hell. We have your mother back - I need you to stay with her, do not leave the Dome, do you hear me? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh - is she okay -

Permalink Mark Unread

I am...unsure. She has not said very much. He can't worry about it now he needs to worry about it later when this is all over one way or another. 

Still holding Parmida's hand tightly, he hunts around for Zahra. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's hurrying towards them, too. "Mom?"

Parmida tries to say something, doesn't have much luck at it, hugs her. 

"We're just gonna - stay out of the way while he fights Hell, I think is the plan -"

She nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I love you," he says to both of them. "Please take care of each other and stay safe here in the Dome." 

And he hugs them a final time, both at once, and then, with a moment of great reluctance but not much hesitation, turns away and walks back to the demiplane to see if Nefreti's ready and if there's anyone he can hand off the supervision of Chelish wizard prisoners to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Osirion is not delighted to have a bunch of Chelish war prisoners on short notice, what with how Abadar's not actually participating in the war, but they can keep them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti is ready to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden is polite but not at all apologetic about the last-minute prisoners. 

The plan is for him to cast Gate and transport them all to the flagship of the main Andalite fleet, where Firayar and the others can (very quickly) explain the updates and their finalized agreement with the Yeerks to the presumably-very-confused commanders, at which point Nefreti will cast Miracle and the two of them together will co-cast their adapted version of Gate and bring the entire fleet to the outer circle of Hell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir isn't going with them; it would be pushing their luck pretty far for Visser Three to show up unannounced on an Andalite ship, and based on their discussion of the planar manipulations involved in Plane Shifts, his modified hyperspace drive should actually be able to jump them over to Hell once the Andalite ships are there and can send him compatible "coordinates". They won't be able to transmit messages the normal way, of course, but Aroden can do a Sending to Carissa once they've arrived.

He's already transmitted a message for the shuttle to come down and collect him and Carissa. They'll wait just inside the Dome until it arrives, to give the minimum possible opportunity for Asmodeus to try anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden checks one final time that the Andalites are ready to go, and casts Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Andalites are ready to go! They start explaining the situation to the fleet commanders they land on, and are slightly misleading about the state of information elsewhere in the fleet about this situation, but Matirin is pretty sure he can have this expedition authorized by the time anyone manages to get in communications about whether it was authorized. They did have lots of latitude to negotiate an alliance with the people of Golarion. 

It requires promising that if the Yeerks are still on their campaign of enslaving planets after Hell has been reduced to smouldering rubble their allies in Golarion will aid them, which he is comfortable promising, and it requires lots and lots of reassurances that Matirin verified all of the claims about Hell and the necessity of fighting it and that they'll be able to verify it themselves with sensors once they're there. Then they're ready to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden, ready to cast his part of the spell, glances over at Nefreti expectantly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti casts her Miracle and then becomes - it's very apparent to his Othersenses - a little bit more like a god and a little bit less like a human wizard limited by boring things like spell slots. And she casts her part of the spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Aroden casts his part, and there is suddenly a very very very large portal between a circle of space near the flagship, solidly big enough for any of the Andalite ships to slip through, and the first circle of Hell. 

Mostly Aroden is grimly focused, but in spite of everything, on some level this is amazing and incredible and the most purely satisfying act of magic he's performed in the last several decades. Nefreti, he suspects, is unabashedly having fun, and he might as well eke out some enjoyment in the midst of all the horrors. 

It lasts the same time as a normal Gate, about two minutes, so they need to be efficient. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ships are fast. 

 

The Gate opens to ten thousand miles above the surface, which was as far as any of their planar experts were confident definitely existed.

They head through, shielded, and try to get a view of whether there are in fact lakes of fire and tortured souls here. Not that the Andalites who teleported in didn't have a lot of evidence, but, well, it's an implausible sort of claim, right. 

 

The ship's antigravity systems kick in to keep it ten thousand miles above the surface.

They broadcast a demand for surrender. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

<They haven't invented electricity> he clarifies hastily. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pilot of this ship looks like he wants to look even more boggled about this than he already does but he can't come up with any more boggled to look like. <We could...drop speakers, and yell through them?>

Permalink Mark Unread

They have used magic to bar teleportation onto their ships but they still don't know what the enemy is capable of. <I don't think we can wait that long.>

Permalink Mark Unread

- and then someone in the group of Andalites on deck startles and shivers, which sends his crewmates anxiously skittering away and raising weapons at him. His eyes glow.

Permalink Mark Unread

<If they SURRENDER I will TELL YOU> he says, not in his own voice.

Permalink Mark Unread

<That's good enough> he says, very firmly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are in any event sensor images coming back, now. Hell is as described.


They open fire.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden asks one of the Andalites on navigation duty for their current coordinates in ship-comprehensible language, for his Sending to the Yeerk ship that's going to be joining them from Golarion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Yeerks should, please, be sent somewhere far away. But they'll share their coordinates to within ten thousand miles so as to facilitate this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden isn't delighted about Mhalir and Carissa being that far away from the support of the rest of the fleet, but ships are fast, and it's pretty understandable on the Andalites part. He does quickly grab Matirin. "You will need to explain to someone that Mhalir's ship has the modified hyperspace drive that their engineers need to study and copy in order to Plane Shi– to hyperspace-jump," he corrects himself, "themselves to the next circles of Hell." 

And he turns away, without bothering to wait for confirmation, and prepares a Sending to Carissa. "Arrived, as planned. Coordinates -" and he reads them off. It just barely fits into the length limit for a Sending.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa tries to make herself turn around and say something aloud about this, she really does. It does not work. Mhalir will have to do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is on it, and turns to provide the coordinates to the ship's hyperspace engineer and other staff. They made it back to the Yeerk ship a few minutes ago and he's been pacing anxiously; it's not that he's eager to go to Hell, at all, but somehow the waiting is even worse.

He's kind of miserable, right now, but fortunately not in a way that seems to be preventing him from taking actions. He's probably not thinking at his best, but this isn't exactly complicated, right. 

Once the coordinates have been confirmed and the trajectory calculated, he orders the hyperspace jump to Hell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The first layer of Hell is called Avernus. It is vast and beautiful in the way volcanoes and canyons and black glass ground are beautiful; it is bathed in flame always because it is subject to incursions from Heaven and from Abaddon, and devils are immune to fire where daemons and angels are not. Even the newly sorted petitioners are immune to damage from fire, though not to pain from it; they wait in an enormous queue to be evaluated and sorted to where they'll best serve Hell. Most of them spend the waiting time screaming, but some manage to inure themselves to it, or at least to pull themselves together and function through it; this is one of the pieces of information used to sort them, eventually.

Avernus is said by people of other worlds to be an empty wasteland, but it isn't; plenty of things live in fire, and many of them Hell harvests, or hunts, or trades with. In the hollows of the planes of Avernus fire elementals frolic, and magic wells up in rivers and streams and is collected in black spellmetal.

Andalite and Yeerk ship weapons do not shoot fire, the Andalites determined while in Sothis comparing notes with their alts. For a while they just assumed that Golarion didn't have a word for the thing Andalite ship weapons do; there is not really reason to expect they would, at their tech level. But then someone had the idea of measuring various features of all of the spells Golarion has on offer, and testing them against ship shields. One of the spells demonstrated was Flame Strike, which does half fire damage and half damage of some other kind, understood by the locals to be impossible to protect against because it results from direct divine power, not from one of the five kinds of energy that human casters harness. 

<We call it plasma> Morfirin said at the time. <I think that's a better word for it than 'divine', considering. It is also what your sun is made of.>

 

All of this is to say that the damned petitioners of Avernus have been burning for a long time, years in some cases, but now they are burning differently, and shortly they are gone.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Hell is exactly as bad as he expected, at least within the bounds of horror that Mhalir's mind can hold, which possibly don't include anything worse than Hell, or wouldn't until he saw something-worse-than-Hell to compare alongside it.

Mhalir is mostly not having emotions about it. Or at all, really. Emotions are not helping him right now and so he's just going to not. Do that. 

It doesn't take very long to determine from sensor data that the Andalites are already firing. Mhalir he orders them to join fire, and transmit a message to the Andalite fleet confirming their arrival and asking if the Andalites want to send any engineers over to study his ship's engines once they've melted everything in this particular sub-plane of Hell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Spells are negligible in their effects next to this, so Aroden paces and watches sensor readings that he mostly doesn't understand at all. 

Nefreti, did Nethys give you any more spells for today when you cast Miracle, he asks her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Spells per day are a human concept! In a deeper sense there is only magic and the only limit on how much of it you can channel is whether it kills you!

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, can we move these ships to the next circle of Hell when we are done here. I have my part prepared for one more round. 

He prepared Wish in his remaining ninth-level spell slot, and has a diamond for it on hand and grabbable in an instant, because sometimes you really, really urgently need some sort of absurdly powerful arbitrary magic done RIGHT NOW. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We can do that!

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden informs Matirin of this fact, asks to be alerted when everything is thoroughly melted. 

Are the Andalite ships facing any kind of resistance yet? Aroden wasn't sure, beforehand, whether Asmodeus, here closer to the main domain of his power, would have access to magic that could challenge their shields. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are very far from Asmodeus's own divine domain, still, but nothing here has challenged them. One space on the plane's surface seems to be successfully shielding; they are unsure whether to concentrate fire there in the expectation that whatever is shielding will run out of the capacity to do that or whether to ignore it in the expectation that if it can handle a ship weapon it can persistently do this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden's guess is that it's divine magic, possibly the divine domain of Avernus. From his intuitions on god-magic, which differs from human magic in some respects, he expects the shields will go down after enough hammering and it's worth focusing on them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They swing the ship's weapons around to focus on that spot.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

At that point several things happen. Firstly, something Teleports to above the ship and dispels Nefreti's Forbiddance preventing teleportation onto the ship. Secondly, another one of the ships careens wildly in the sky and then starts firing at its allies. Thirdly, Achaekek, the Mantis God, tears opens the air behind Nefreti and Aroden with sharp claws and reaches through to grab them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is unsurprising and also so inconvenient. 

Aroden is sufficiently absurdly-shielded by various magic items that he has a breath or two of reprieve before he really needs to worry. He races through his options - he could cast his special Gate as an ordinary Gate, but that doesn't get very many people out, and he would prefer to be here and win, rather than elsewhere hiding...

The Mantis God eats people who are trying to become gods, or have annoyed a god, and are not themselves gods (yet). 

It's not a secret, at this point, that he's Aroden. 

...

He casts Wish, and - he doesn't have a safe wording for this but it's not complicated, it holds together very cleanly in his head, though partly at seams that only make sense to him because of his remembered god-nature. 

He wants Achaekek to know that he is Aroden, he is the same entity, and he ought be recognized for that, and therefore he is out of Achaekek's jurisdiction and of no concern to him. This won't get Nefreti out of their mess, of course, but he suspects she can manage for a few seconds, and if he's less distracted he can - figure something out. Maybe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Achaekek rears up, taking it in, then shrugs and bites down on Nefreti. 

Permalink Mark Unread

How rude! She's delighted! She turns into a tiny fairy about an inch tall, and clings to the Mantis God's mantis-pincers, and heals herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think we need to get out of here, Aroden sends telepathically to her, tightly. Can you cast Miracle under these conditions - I have another Gate - 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pincers snap closed again, faster than sight, and it takes a second for it to be clear that Nefreti is still clinging to the outside of them and still in one piece. I can do that, she says agreeably.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. On your go. 

Aroden can telepathically communicate with Matirin and some of the Andalites on other ships, which they set up as a contingency, clearly a good idea. Gate to next plane, he barks to them, and prepares to cast his half as soon as he detects the burst of power from Nefreti with his permanent magic senses. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti does not have anywhere near the number of ninth level spell slots she is using today but both 'today' and 'spell slots' are conceptual confusions only humans need to have. She asks for another Miracle. She maintains her concentration on the Miracle even while Achekek's stinger manages to crush her tiny fairy body against Achekek's claws. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there is a Gate! 

- he should do a Sending to Carissa, Aroden thinks in the very back of his mind, or ask the Andalites to transmit a message - but no, he's too far away to make the Gate - they'll do a Sending from the next plane once they have the coordinate and a plan...

Permalink Mark Unread

The ship goes through the Gate and the Mantis God will presumably make his own Gate but it's known to take him one minute, from the time he first rends space to when he can do it again, it's one of the known limits of the Mantis God. Nefreti heals herself again and flutters up onto Aroden's shoulder and starts casting Forbiddance again. 

 

While she works on that more than a dozen devils teleport onto the ship only for the nearest Andalite to decapitate them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Andalites Gated out," someone tells Mhalir back in Avernus.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can't extrapolate the coordinates from the last jump, Mhalir thinks they can once they've made the next jump but Hell-to-Hell and material-plane-to-Hell are different kinds of thing, and even then it's possible he's the only one on this ship who has the right maths intuitions to see the way to it, and everything is going so goddamned fast

"I am waiting for a Sending," he barks back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And elsewhere:

"Coordinates?" Aroden barks to the nearest Andalite. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes them a while because the computers are not at all accustomed to doing jumps in this fashion. They read off a long string of numbers.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to sink a stinger into your shoulder so that I don't have to use a hand holding on," Nefreti says to him when she finishes the Forbiddance. "Also I only have one more of those so you need to make sure it doesn't get dispelled this time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will try my best. One moment." 

Sending normally takes a lot longer to cast but Aroden has a much less stupid variant on it, and prepares one to Carissa again. 

"Location," and coordinates - 

- and he turns his attention back to Nefreti and their surroundings, and in particular spreads all of his magic senses to their full extent, and tries to retrieve any inkling of what he sensed before Forbiddance went down the last time - 

Permalink Mark Unread

The problem is the ship's shields; presumably devils figured out how to get to right outside the ship and how to keep up while it tore across the sky at half a million miles a minute and how to get a spell through them, but his senses can't see out through the shields to infer how they did it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

How irritating.

All right, so the devils both kept up with the ship and got a spell through shields that presumably they couldn't see through either, what do his god-intuitions about magic think they might have been doing... 

Please tell the pilot to vary the ship's trajectory on a random bearing, he snaps out to Matirin, just in case that helps in any way whatsoever with keeping the demons in question from staying close enough long enough. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They receive the Sending. Mhalir doesn't need any prompting from Carissa, this time, he just barks the coordinates out to the engineer and waits, they absolutely should not stay here alone any longer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir's ship jumps. 

The second layer of Hell is Dispater; its largest city is the enormous city of Dis, currently in utter disarray as its twenty million of inhabitants try to figure out whether and how to flee. It is less recognizably Hellish; there are forests, and quarries, and factories, and trains.

Permalink Mark Unread

The greatest market in the world is in Dis; it's called the Market of Breaths. Outsiders from the other Outer Planes come there, as do particularly bold adventurers, and particularly useful souls might be set to making magic artifacts for it. It's what she wanted, once. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir is not having emotions right now and so he's going to go on not having any emotions about that fact. Probably there will be emotions about it later. Later is fine. Later is not what current-Mhalir has to worry about. 

He orders the ship to start firing, without actually waiting for sensor confirmation that the Andalite ships are, but presumably they are. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The devils most likely used magic to anchor themselves to the ship, Aroden snaps to Matirin, and then some further magic to take down our magical precautions - can the ship vary how far out the shields go, very fast - 

Permalink Mark Unread

< - yes. What do they need to do.>

Permalink Mark Unread

We need to prevent anyone getting and staying close enough to cast a ranged Dispel Magic. About two thousand feet. If the shields can vary from immediately against the ship to that far out, in less than five seconds, it should kill anyone anchored to the ship before they can cast. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He conveys this. <That is very energy intensive but we can do it for - an hour, maybe.>

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. We will try to figure out something else. 

Aroden conveys this plan to Nefreti and asks if she has any ideas, though at this point they may at any moment be interrupted by the Mantis God bothering her again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He shouldn't be able to while Forbiddance is up. I wasn't sure if it could stop him but now I can see it and it can. If they can do sensors they can only do a shield flare when someone anchors on. It's impressive, really, that they managed to figure out how to do that so quickly..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes, impressive. They have sensors. Any idea what it would look like to them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honey, I don't even know what things look like to you. I guess I could just tell them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably a good idea, I will call Matirin over." He does that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can stand by, tail-swishing, for Nefreti to inform him when people manage to Teleport and tether themselves to the ship. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Can you also do it for Mhalir's ship, I am worried they will be vulnerable to this - where are they - Matirin, did they transmit a message...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

<They sent coordinates and sent - their explanation of the altered hyperspace jump? We don't quite follow yet but the engineers sent some questions back ->

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I jump to the other ship the Mantis God will step through and eat us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Then you should not do that! Matirin, can you warn them about the shield flaring technique–"

Permalink Mark Unread

<I'll pass it along.>

Permalink Mark Unread

On the other ship, a devil appears. He is thirteen feet tall, and horned, but otherwise not grotesque; he's well-dressed, and holds a long, heavy mace of black metal, and exudes a mind-altering aura of utter terror.

The instant he appears he surrounds himself in a spinning barrier of metal blades and causes everyone on the ship to collapse to the ground screaming in pain.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa's body is among those on the ground screaming, but Mhalir is very slightly less incapacitated by it than Carissa herself, he can wall himself off from it and concentrate and - 

- what spells does she have, no, focus, what high-level offensive spells in particular - 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has three fourth-circle slots; she prepares Dimension Door, Sending, and Scrying. She can throw lightning bolts. She has nothing as deadly as a Dracon beam and is also sure somewhere in the back of her very distracted head that this is Dispater, Archdevil of the second layer of Hell, and he'll have spell resistance she doesn't stand a chance of getting past.

 

"Who's in charge here," the devil is asking one of the people screaming on the floor. "Stop screaming. Point to the person in command, and tell me their name."

They obey him. They point to Carissa. They say "Mhalir."

 

- and then Carissa is his, he can reach out across space and command her, and he commands her to stand up and Dimension Door into his blade barrier. She - tries to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mhalir flails, frantically, trying everything he can to disrupt the spell as she casts it. For all the good it'll do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- and that works, for a second, Carissa's still straining to do as she was told but her body is listening to Mhalir -

 

- the Archdevil stares incredulously, and then starts trying for another Dominate Person spell with the correct target in mind this time -

Permalink Mark Unread

Everything seems to slow down, crystallizing, to a single thread of thought. 

It is, at this point, too late. They've lost. 

He doesn't want to die. His entire mind is a screaming pit of horror at the prospect. And it's in some sense better, dying here, because they have afterlives - because Aroden will try to raise both of them, afterward (if Good wins, if Aroden survives, if anyone does...)

- but it's almost worse, too. Mhalir knows that reads as Neutral Evil. 

Being captured by Asmodeus, though, is worse than any of the alternatives. 

...

He remembers the first time he saw the stars. A promise he made to the future. To everyone. To himself. 

...

It feels like giving up, no matter and it's the hardest mental motion he's ever done. 

... 

Mhalir doesn't give the devil time to complete the spell. 

He stops resisting, like letting go of a very heavy ball trying to roll downhill, and he lets Carissa finish cast Dimension Door. 

- except that in the final moment he snatches away her destination, and replaces it with a different one. The vacuum ten thousand miles above the surface of Hell.

He thinks, vaguely, that there won't even be any stars here to stare at in the moments before they die.